e497

Schwab^® S&P 500 Index Fund


Ticker Symbol:		SWPPX

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the total return of the S&P 500^® Index.

Fund fees and expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.


Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase)		2.00


Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees		0.06
Distribution (12b-1) fees		None
Other expenses¹		0.04

Total annual fund operating expenses		0.10
Less expense reduction		(0.01)

Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction²		0.09


¹	Restated to reflect current fees and expenses.
²	The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the fund’s total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.09% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The figures are based on total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

Expenses on a $10,000 investment


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$9	$29	$51	$115

Portfolio turnover

The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 3% of the average value of its portfolio.

Schwab^® S&P 500 Index Fund 1

Principal investment strategies

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the S&P 500^® Index¹. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

The S&P 500 Index includes the stocks of 500 leading U.S. publicly traded companies from a broad range of industries. Standard & Poor’s, the company that maintains the index, uses a variety of measures to determine which stocks are listed in the index. Each stock is represented in the index in proportion to its total market value.

The fund may invest in derivatives, principally futures contracts, and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

Principal risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:

Market Risk. Equity markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Investment Style Risk. The fund primarily follows the large-cap portion of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Large-Cap Risk. Although the S&P 500^® Index encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy, its performance primarily reflects that of large-cap stocks, which tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. As a result, during a period when these stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or mid- or small-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s large-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Derivatives Risk. The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments and could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately large impact on the fund.

Liquidity Risk. A particular investment may be difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.

Securities Lending Risk. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent.

Your investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

For more information on the risks of investing in the fund please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.

Performance

¹ Index ownership — “Standard & Poor’s^®”, “S&P^®”, “S&P 500^®”, “Standard & Poor’s 500” and “500” are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund. The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor’s and Standard & Poor’s makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the fund.

2 Schwab^® S&P 500 Index Fund

please see www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus. On September 9, 2009, the Investor Share class, Select Share class, and e.Shares class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.

Annual total returns (%) as of 12/31

Best quarter: 15.81% Q2 2009
Worst quarter: (21.80%) Q4 2008

Average annual total returns (%) as of 12/31/09


	1 year		5 year		10 year
Before taxes		26.25%		0.43%		(1.01%	)
After taxes on distributions		25.99%		0.14%		(1.41%	)
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares		17.41%		0.37%		(1.01%	)
Comparative Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)
S&P 500^® Index		26.46%		0.42%		(0.95%	)

The after-tax figures reflect the highest individual federal income tax rates in effect during the period and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns depend on your individual tax situation. In addition, after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, IRA or other tax-advantaged account.

Investment adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

Portfolio managers

Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2005.

Ron Toll, a portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2008.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

The fund is open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open. When you place orders to purchase, exchange or redeem fund shares through an account at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or another financial intermediary, you must follow Schwab’s or the other financial intermediary’s transaction procedures.

Eligible Investors (as determined by the fund and which generally are limited to institutional investors) may invest directly in the fund by placing purchase, exchange and redemption orders through the fund’s transfer agent. Eligible Investors must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:


	•	by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or

	•	by mail in writing at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.

The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100. The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors.

Schwab^® S&P 500 Index Fund 3

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund


Ticker Symbol:		SNXFX

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to match the total return of the Schwab 1000 Index^®.

Fund fees and expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.


Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase)		2.00


Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees		0.23
Distribution (12b-1) fees		None
Other expenses¹		0.12

Total annual fund operating expenses		0.35
Less expense reduction		(0.06)

Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction²		0.29


¹	Restated to reflect current fees and expenses.
²	The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the fund’s total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.29% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.

Example

Expenses on a $10,000 investment


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$30	$93	$163	$368

Portfolio turnover

Principal investment strategies

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the Schwab 1000 Index^®. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund 5

The Schwab 1000 Index includes the stocks of the largest 1,000 publicly traded companies in the United States, with size being determined by market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding). The index is designed to be a measure of the performance of large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks

The fund may make use of certain management techniques in seeking to enhance its after-tax performance. For example, it may adjust its weightings of certain stocks, continue to hold a stock that is no longer included in the index or choose to realize certain capital losses and use them to offset capital gains. These strategies may help the fund reduce taxable capital gains distributions to its shareholders.

Principal risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Investment Style Risk. The fund primarily follows the large- and mid-cap portion of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Large- and Mid-Cap Risk. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds, for instance — the fund’s large- and mid-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Liquidity Risk. A particular investment may be difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.

Your investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

For more information on the risks of investing in the fund please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.

Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to that of two indices. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus. On September 18, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of

6 Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund

shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Investor Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Investor Shares is shown below.

Annual total returns (%) as of 12/31

Best quarter: 16.09% Q2 2009
Worst quarter: (22.34%) Q4 2008

Average annual total returns (%) as of 12/31/09


	1 year		5 year		10 year
Before taxes		27.68%		0.68%		(0.65%	)
After taxes on distributions		27.35%		0.44%		(0.96%	)
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares		18.43%		0.58%		(0.67%	)
Comparative Indices (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)
Schwab 1000 Index		28.12%		0.92%		(0.37%	)
S&P 500^® Index		26.46%		0.42%		(0.95%	)

Investment adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

Portfolio managers

Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2005.

Ron Toll, a portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2008.

Purchase and sale of fund shares


	•	by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or

	•	by mail in writing at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.

The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100. The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors.

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund 7

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®



Ticker Symbol:		SWSSX

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the total return of small capitalization U.S. stocks.

Fund fees and expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.


Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase)		2.00


Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees		0.15
Distribution (12b-1) fees		None
Other expenses¹		0.05

Total annual fund operating expenses		0.20
Less expense reduction		(0.01)

Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction²		0.19


¹	Restated to reflect current fees and expenses.
²	The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the fund’s total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.19% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.

Example

Expenses on a $10,000 investment


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$19	$61	$107	$243

Portfolio turnover

Principal investment strategies

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the Schwab Small-Cap Index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

Schwab Small Cap Index Fund^® 9

The Schwab Small-Cap Index includes the stocks of the second-largest 1,000 publicly traded companies in the United States, with size being determined by market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding). The index is designed to be a measure of the performance of small-cap U.S. stocks.

Principal risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Investment Style Risk. The fund primarily follows the small-cap portion of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s small-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Liquidity Risk. A particular investment may be difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.

Your investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

For more information on the risks of investing in the fund please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.

10 Schwab Small Cap Index Fund^®

Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to that of two indices. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus. On August 21, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.

Annual total returns (%) as of 12/31

Best quarter: 25.57% Q2 2009
Worst quarter: (26.86%) Q4 2008

Average annual total returns (%) as of 12/31/09


	1 year		5 year		10 year
Before taxes		35.70%		1.66%		3.81%
After taxes on distributions		35.51%		0.37%		2.58%
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares		23.43%		1.24%		2.87%
Comparative Indices (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)
Schwab Small-Cap Index		36.27%		1.78%		3.86%
Russell 2000 Index		27.17%		0.51%		3.51%

Investment adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

Portfolio managers

Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2005.

Ron Toll, a portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2008.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

Schwab Small Cap Index Fund^® 11

must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:


	•	by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or

	•	by mail in writing at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.

The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100. The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors.

Tax information

Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged account.

Payments to financial intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

12 Schwab Small Cap Index Fund^®

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®


Ticker Symbol:		SWTSX

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the total return of the entire U.S. stock market, as measured by The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^SM.

Fund fees and expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.


Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase)		2.00


Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees		0.06
Distribution (12b-1) fees		None
Other expenses¹		0.06

Total annual fund operating expenses		0.12
Less expense reduction		(0.03)

Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction²		0.09


¹	Restated to reflect current fees and expenses.
²	The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the fund’s total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.09% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.

Example

Expenses on a $10,000 investment


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$9	$29	$51	$115

Portfolio turnover

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^® 13

Principal investment strategies

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^SM1. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^SM includes all publicly traded stocks of companies headquartered in the United States for which pricing information is readily available — currently more than 6,000 stocks. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that reflects the shares of securities actually available to investors in the marketplace.

Because it would be too expensive to buy all of the stocks included in the index, the investment adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the U.S. stock market by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including capitalization, divided yield, price/earnings ratio, and industry factors. The fund generally expects that its portfolio will include the largest 2,500 to 3,000 U.S. stocks (measured by the float-adjusted market capitalization), and that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.

The fund may use certain techniques in seeking to enhance its after-tax performance, such as adjusting its weightings of certain stocks or choosing to realize certain capital losses and use them to offset capital gains. These strategies may help the fund reduce taxable capital gain distributions to its shareholders.

Principal risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Investment Style Risk. The fund follows the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows this market during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Sampling Index Tracking Risk. The fund does not fully replicate its benchmark index and may hold securities not included in the index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the investment adviser’s investment strategy, the implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints, may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes a sampling approach, it may not track the return of the index as well as it would if the fund purchased all of the securities in the benchmark index.

¹ Index ownership — “Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^sm” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^sm, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

14 Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®

established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds, for instance — the fund’s large- and mid-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — large-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s small-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Liquidity Risk. A particular investment may be difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.

Your investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

For more information on the risks of investing in the fund please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.

Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to that of an index. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus. On September 18, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.

Annual total returns (%) as of 12/31

Best quarter: 16.24% Q2 2009
Worst quarter: (22.54%) Q4 2008

Average annual total returns (%) as of 12/31/09


	1 year		5 year		10 year
Before taxes		28.29%		1.03%		(0.18%	)
After taxes on distributions		27.98%		0.73%		(0.54%	)
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares		18.80%		0.83%		(0.31%	)
Comparative Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)
Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^sm		28.57%		0.97%		(0.25%	)

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^® 15

after-tax returns are not relevant if you hold your fund shares through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan, IRA or other tax-advantaged account.

Investment adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

Portfolio manager

Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. He has managed the fund since June 1999.

Purchase and sale of fund shares


	•	by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or

	•	by mail in writing at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.

The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100. The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors.

Tax information

Payments to financial intermediaries

16 Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®

Schwab International Index Fund^®


Ticker Symbol:		SWISX

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the total return of large, publicly traded non-U.S. companies from countries with developed equity markets outside of the United States.

Fund fees and expenses

This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the fund.


Shareholder fees (fees paid directly from your investment)

Redemption fee (as a % of the amount sold or exchanged within 30 days of purchase)		2.00


Annual fund operating expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
Management fees		0.15
Distribution (12b-1) fees		None
Other expenses¹		0.08

Total annual fund operating expenses		0.23
Less expense reduction		(0.04)

Total annual fund operating expenses after expense reduction²		0.19


¹	Restated to reflect current fees and expenses.
²	The investment adviser and its affiliates have agreed to limit the fund’s total annual fund operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.19% for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.

Example

Expenses on a $10,000 investment


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$19	$61	$107	$243

Portfolio turnover

Schwab International Index Fund^® 17

Principal investment strategies

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the Schwab International Index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does, and does not hedge its exposure to foreign currencies beyond using forward contracts to lock in exchange rates for the portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement.

Schwab International Index includes stocks of 350 of the largest publicly traded companies from selected countries outside the United States. The selected countries, within the following regions, all have developed securities markets and include Europe, Australasia and the Far East. Within these countries, Schwab identifies 350 of the largest companies according to their free float-adjusted market capitalizations in U.S. dollars. The index does not maintain any particular country weightings, although any given country cannot represent more than 35% of the index.

Principal risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money. The fund’s principal risks include:

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Investment Style Risk. Your investment follows the performance of a mix of international large-cap stocks, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Large-Cap Risk. Large-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when these stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or mid- or small-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s large-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Foreign Investment Risk. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions; changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges); differing accounting, auditing, financial reporting and legal standards and practices; differing securities market structures; and higher transaction costs.

Liquidity Risk. A particular investment may be difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.

Your investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

For more information on the risks of investing in the fund please see the “Fund details” section in the prospectus.

18 Schwab International Index Fund^®

Performance

The bar chart below shows how the fund’s investment results have varied from year to year, and the following table shows how the fund’s average annual total returns for various periods compared to that of two indices. This information provides some indication of the risks of investing in the fund. All figures assume distributions were reinvested. Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. For current performance information, please see www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus. On August 21, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.

Annual total returns (%) as of 12/31

Best quarter: 24.57% Q2 2009
Worst quarter: (21.13%) Q4 2008

Average annual total returns (%) as of 12/31/09


	1 year		5 year		10 year
Before taxes		29.18%		3.74%		0.43%
After taxes on distributions		28.99%		3.36%		(0.08%	)
After taxes on distributions and sale of shares		19.94%		3.29%		0.18%
Comparative Indices (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)
Schwab International Index		32.62%		4.09%		0.85%
MSCI-EAFE (Net) Index*		31.78%		3.54%		1.17%


*	Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index. Reflects dividends reinvested monthly, net of the withholding taxes and net of tax credit for foreigners not benefitting from any double taxation treaty.

Investment adviser

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.

Portfolio manager

Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. He has managed the fund since February 2001.

Purchase and sale of fund shares

Schwab International Index Fund^® 19

must contact the transfer agent by phone or in writing to obtain an account application. Eligible Investors may contact the transfer agent:


	•	by telephone at 1-800-407-0256; or

	•	by mail in writing at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, P.O. Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323.

The minimum initial investment for the fund is $100. The fund may waive the minimum initial investment for certain investors.

Tax information

Payments to financial intermediaries

20 Schwab International Index Fund^®

Fund details

Investment objectives, strategies and risks

Schwab^® S&P 500 Index Fund

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the total return of the S&P 500^® Index¹.

Index

The S&P 500 Index includes the stocks of 500 leading U.S. publicly traded companies from a broad range of industries. Standard & Poor’s, the company that maintains the index, uses a variety of measures to determine which stocks are listed in the index. Each stock is represented in the index in proportion to its total market value.

Investment strategy

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

Like many index funds, the fund also may invest in derivatives, principally futures contracts, and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

Although the 500 companies in the index constitute only about 12% of all the publicly traded companies in the United States, they represent approximately 77% of the total value of the U.S. stock market. (All figures are as of 12/31/09.)

Companies of this size are generally considered large-cap stocks. Their performance is widely followed, and the index itself is popularly seen as a measure of overall U.S. stock market performance.

Because the index weights a stock according to its market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding), larger stocks have more influence on the performance of the index than do the index’s smaller stocks.

Principal investment risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money.

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Fund details 21

the fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, or the fund may invest in securities not in the index, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints; corporate transactions; asset valuations; transaction costs and timing; tax considerations; and index rebalancing, which may result in tracking error. The fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of the fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.

Derivatives Risk. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. Examples of derivatives are futures and options on futures. An option is the right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date. A future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day.

The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as liquidity risk and market risk are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, credit risk, leverage risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivatives transaction may not fulfill its obligations. Leverage risk is the risk that a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The market for certain investments may become illiquid due to specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions independent of the issuer. The fund’s investments in illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the fund because it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price. Further, transactions in illiquid securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in liquid securities.

Securities Lending Risk. The fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to match the total return of the Schwab 1000 Index^®.

Index

Investment strategy

22 Fund details

Although there are currently more than 6,000 total stocks in the United States, the companies represented by the Schwab 1000 Index make up some 93% of the total value of all U.S. stocks. (Figures are as of 12/31/09.)

These large- and mid-cap stocks cover many industries and represent many sizes. Because large- and mid-cap stocks can perform differently from each other at times, a fund that invests in both categories of stocks may have somewhat different performance than a fund that invests only in large-cap stocks.

Principal investment risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money.

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Tracking Error Risk. As an index fund, the fund seeks to track the performance of its benchmark index, although it may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the performance of the fund and its benchmark index, positive or negative, is called “tracking error.” Tracking error can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For example, the fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, or the fund may invest in securities not in the index, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints; corporate transactions; asset valuations; transaction costs and timing; tax considerations; and index rebalancing, which may result in tracking error. The fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of the fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.

Fund details 23

transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivatives transaction may not fulfill its obligations. Leverage risk is the risk that a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.

Schwab Small Cap Index Fund^®

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the total return of small capitalization U.S. stocks.

Index

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by tracking the total return of the Schwab Small-Cap Index. The index includes the stocks of the second-largest 1,000 publicly traded companies in the United States, with size being determined by market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding). The index is designed to be a measure of the performance of small-cap U.S. stocks.

Investment strategy

In measuring the performance of the second-largest 1,000 companies in the U.S. stock market, the index may be said to focus on the “biggest of the small” among America’s publicly traded stocks.

Historically, the performance of small-cap stocks has not always paralleled that of large-cap stocks. For this reason, some investors use them to diversify a portfolio that invests in larger stocks.

Principal investment risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money.

24 Fund details

may suffer a decline in response. In addition, equity markets tend to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as liquidity risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, credit risk, leverage risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivatives transaction may not fulfill its obligations. Leverage risk is the risk that a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.

Fund details 25

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®

Investment objective

The fund’s goal is to track the total return of the entire U.S. stock market, as measured by The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^sm¹.

Index

The fund’s benchmark index includes all publicly traded stocks of companies headquartered in the United States for which pricing information is readily available — currently more than 6,000 stocks. The index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that reflects the shares of securities actually available to investors in the marketplace.

Investment strategy

The U.S. stock market is commonly divided into three segments, based on market capitalization. Mid- and small-cap stocks are the most numerous, but make up only about one-third of the total value of the market. In contrast, large-cap stocks are relatively few in number but make up approximately two-thirds of the market’s total value. In fact, the largest 1,000 of the market’s listed stocks represent about 92% of its total value. (All figures on this page are as of 12/31/09).

In terms of performance, these segments can behave somewhat differently from each other, over the short-term as well as the long-term. For that reason, the performance of the overall stock market can be seen as a blend of the performance of all three segments.

Principal investment risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money.

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

26 Fund details

Investment Style Risk. The fund follows the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Tracking Error Risk. As an index fund, the fund seeks to track the performance of its benchmark index, although it may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the performance of the fund and its benchmark index, positive or negative, is called “tracking error.” Tracking error can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For example, the fund may not invest in all of the securities in its benchmark index or may invest in securities not in the index, because the manager may use a sampling technique that is designed to balance the risk of tracking error against the negative effects of transaction costs associated with certain investments. Similarly, the fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints; corporate transactions; asset valuations; transaction costs and timing; tax considerations; and index rebalancing, which may result in tracking error. The fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of the fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.

Large- and Mid-Cap Risk. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments — bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance— the fund’s large- and mid-cap holdings could reduce performance.

Small-Cap Risk. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments — large-cap stocks, for instance — the fund’s small-cap holdings could reduce performances.

The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as liquidity risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, credit risk, leverage risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivatives transaction may not fulfill its obligations. Leverage risk is the risk that a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.

Fund details 27

Schwab International Index Fund^®

Investment objective

Index

The fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by tracking the total return of the Schwab International Index. The index includes stocks of 350 of the largest publicly traded companies from selected countries outside the United States. The selected countries all have developed securities markets and include most Western European countries, as well as Australia, Singapore, Canada, Hong Kong and Japan — as of December 31, 2009, 22 countries in all. Within these countries, Schwab identifies 350 of the largest companies according to their free float-adjusted market capitalizations (total market value of all shares available for purchase by international investors) in U.S. dollars. The index does not maintain any particular country weightings, although any given country cannot represent more than 35% of the index.

Investment strategy

To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in stocks that are included in the index. It is the fund’s policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does, and does not hedge its exposure to foreign currencies beyond using forward contracts to lock in exchange rates for the portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions establish a rate of exchange that can be expected to be received upon settlement of the securities.

Over the past decades, foreign stock markets have grown rapidly. The market value of the fund captures 34% of the world’s total market capitalization. (All figures are as of 12/31/09.)

For some investors, an international index fund represents an opportunity for low-cost access to a variety of world markets in one fund. Others turn to international stocks to diversify a portfolio of U.S. investments, because international stock markets historically have performed somewhat differently from the U.S. market.

Principal investment risks

The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an investor to lose money.

Equity Risk. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles, which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

Investment Style Risk. The fund primarily follows the performance of a mix of international large-cap stocks, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does

28 Fund details

not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund’s expenses, the fund’s performance is normally below that of the index.

Tracking Error Risk. As an index fund, the fund seeks to track the performance of its benchmark index, although it may not be successful in doing so. The divergence between the performance of the fund and its benchmark index, positive or negative, is called “tracking error.” Tracking error can be caused by many factors and it may be significant. For example, the fund may not invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, match the securities’ weighting to the benchmark, or the fund may invest in securities not in the index, due to regulatory, operational, custodial or liquidity constraints; corporate transactions; asset valuations; transaction costs and timing; tax considerations; and index rebalancing, which may result in tracking error. In addition, the fund may not invest in issuers located in certain countries due to these considerations. The fund may attempt to offset the effects of not being invested in certain index securities by making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be successful. In addition, cash flows into and out of the fund, operating expenses and trading costs all affect the ability of the fund to match the performance of its benchmark index, because the benchmark index does not have to manage cash flows and does not incur any costs.

Currency Risk. As result of the fund’s investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected.

The fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from or possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain of these risks, such as liquidity risk and market risk, are discussed elsewhere in this section. The fund’s use of derivatives is also subject to lack of availability risk, credit risk, leverage risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk management or other purposes. Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a derivatives transaction may not fulfill its obligations. Leverage risk is the risk that a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested.

Portfolio holdings

A description of the funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of a fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

Fund details 29

Financial highlights

This section provides further details about each fund’s financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. “Total return” shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in a fund’s annual report (see back cover).

Schwab^® S&P 500 Index Fund

On September 9, 2009, the Investor Share class, Select Share class, and e.Shares class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the financial highlights information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.


	11/1/08–			11/1/07–			11/1/06–			11/1/05–			11/1/04–
	10/31/09¹			10/31/08			10/31/07			10/31/06			10/31/05
Per-Share Data ($)

Net asset value at beginning of period		15.28			24.28			21.56			18.88			17.68

Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment income (loss)		0.20			0.44			0.41			0.37			0.36
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		1.22			(9.02	)		2.68			2.65			1.16

Total from investment operations		1.42			(8.58	)		3.09			3.02			1.52
Less distributions:
Distributions from net investment income		(0.42	)		(0.42	)		(0.37	)		(0.34	)		(0.32	)

Net asset value at end of period		16.28			15.28			24.28			21.56			18.88

Total return (%)		9.81			(35.92	)		14.50			16.18			8.66
Ratios/Supplemental Data (%)

Ratios to average net assets:
Net operating expenses		0.13	²		0.19			0.19			0.19			0.19
Gross operating expenses		0.16			0.21			0.20			0.21			0.25
Net investment income (loss)		2.09			2.06			1.78			1.74			1.92
Portfolio turnover rate		3	³		3			2			3			4
Net assets, end of period ($ x 1,000,000)		8,718			2,598			4,345			4,038			3,938

¹ Effective September 9, 2009, the Investor Share class, the e.Share class and the Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Select Shares.

² Effective May 5, 2009, the net operating expense limitation was lowered. The ratio presented for period ended 10/31/09 is a blended rate.

³ Portfolio turnover excludes the impact of purchase of investments resulting from a merger with another fund.

30 Financial highlights

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund

On September 18, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Investor Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Investor Shares is shown below.


	11/1/08–			11/1/07–			11/1/06–			11/1/05–			11/1/04–
	10/31/09¹			10/31/08			10/31/07			10/31/06			10/31/05
Per-Share Data ($)

Net asset value at beginning of period		28.69			45.81			40.40			35.31			32.54

Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment income (loss)		0.54	²		0.66	²		0.60	²		0.50	²		0.55
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		2.41			(17.13	)		5.33			5.05			2.70

Total from investment operations		2.95			(16.47	)		5.93			5.55			3.25
Less distributions:
Distributions from net investment income		(0.64	)		(0.62	)		(0.52	)		(0.46	)		(0.48	)
Distributions from net realized gains		—			(0.03	)		—			—			—

Total distributions		(0.64	)		(0.65	)		(0.52	)		(0.46	)		(0.48	)

Net asset value at end of period		31.00			28.69			45.81			40.40			35.31

Total return (%)		10.72			(36.43	)		14.81			15.84			10.04
Ratios/Supplemental Data (%)

Ratios to average net assets:
Net operating expenses		0.38	³		0.49			0.48			0.49			0.50
Gross operating expenses		0.44			0.49			0.48			0.49			0.50
Net investment income (loss)		1.96			1.68			1.39			1.34			1.49
Portfolio turnover rate		4			4			6			5			6
Net assets, end of period ($ x 1,000,000)		4,279			2,260			3,974			3,918			4,166

¹ Effective September 18, 2009, the Select Share class and the Investor Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Investor Shares.

² Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.

³ Effective May 5, 2009, the net operating expense limitation was lowered. The ratio presented for period ended 10/31/09 is a blended rate.

Financial highlights 31

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®

On August 21, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.


	11/1/08–			11/1/07–			11/1/06–			11/1/05–			11/1/04–
	10/31/09¹			10/31/08			10/31/07			10/31/06			10/31/05
Per-Share Data ($)

Net asset value at beginning of period		13.85			25.35			25.97			22.36			19.96

Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment income (loss)		0.18	²		0.33	²		0.35	²		0.27	²		0.17
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		1.40			(7.89	)		2.36			3.67			2.39

Total from investment operations		1.58			(7.56	)		2.71			3.94			2.56
Less distributions:
Distributions from net investment income		(0.29	)		(0.32	)		(0.28	)		(0.18	)		(0.16	)
Distributions from net realized gains		—			(3.62	)		(3.05	)		(0.15	)		—

Total distributions		(0.29	)		(3.94	)		(3.33	)		(0.33	)		(0.16	)

Net asset value at end of period		15.14			13.85			25.35			25.97			22.36

Total return (%)		11.98			(34.48	)		11.35			17.78			12.86
Ratios/Supplemental Data (%)

Ratios to average net assets:
Net operating expenses		0.28	³		0.42			0.42			0.42			0.41
Gross operating expenses		0.33			0.42			0.42			0.42			0.43
Net investment income (loss)		1.41			1.78			1.43			1.10			0.74
Portfolio turnover rate		26			64			31			29			40
Net assets, end of period ($ x 1,000,000)		1,142			628			969			889			795

¹ Effective August 21, 2009, the Investor Share class and the Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Select Shares.

² Calculated based on the average shares outstanding during the period.

³ Effective May 5, 2009, the net operating expense limitation was lowered. The ratio presented for period ended 10/31/09 is a blended rate.

32 Financial highlights

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®

On September 18, 2009, the Investor Share class and Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund, and the fund no longer offered multiple classes of shares. The performance and financial history of the fund is that of the fund’s former Select Shares. Accordingly, the past performance information of the fund’s former Select Shares is shown below.


	11/1/08–			11/1/07–			11/1/06–			11/1/05–			11/1/04–
	10/31/09¹			10/31/08			10/31/07			10/31/06			10/31/05
Per-Share Data ($)

Net asset value at beginning of period		17.08			27.04			23.90			20.83			19.09

Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment income (loss)		0.24			0.40			0.37			0.31			0.31
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		1.55			(9.93	)		3.09			3.04			1.71

Total from investment operations		1.79			(9.53	)		3.46			3.35			2.02
Less distributions:
Distributions from net investment income		(0.37	)		(0.37	)		(0.32	)		(0.28	)		(0.28	)
Distributions from net realized gains		—			(0.06	)		—			—			—

Total distributions		(0.37	)		(0.43	)		(0.32	)		(0.28	)		(0.28	)

Net asset value at end of period		18.50			17.08			27.04			23.90			20.83

Total return (%)		10.92			(35.76	)		14.62			16.23			10.63
Ratios/Supplemental Data (%)

Ratios to average net assets:
Net operating expenses		0.21	²		0.38			0.37			0.38			0.39
Gross operating expenses		0.28			0.38			0.37			0.38			0.39
Net investment income (loss)		2.02			1.71			1.49			1.41			1.52
Portfolio turnover rate		5			1			0	³		3			2
Net assets, end of period ($ x 1,000,000)		1,205			585			906			762			617

¹ Effective on September 18, 2009, the Investor Share class and the Select Share class were combined into a single class of shares of the fund. The financial history as shown in the financial highlights is that of the former Select Shares.

² Effective May 5, 2009, the net operating expense limitation was lowered. The ratio presented for period ended 10/31/09 is a blended rate.

³ Less than 1%.

Financial highlights 33

Schwab International Index Fund^®


	11/1/08–			11/1/07–			11/1/06–			11/1/05–			11/1/04–
	10/31/09¹			10/31/08			10/31/07			10/31/06			10/31/05
Per-Share Data ($)

Net asset value at beginning of period		13.95			25.95			21.14			17.09			14.83

Income (loss) from investment operations:
Net investment income (loss)		0.37			0.68			0.54			0.50			0.38
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		2.58			(12.13	)		4.93			3.93			2.19

Total from investment operations		2.95			(11.45	)		5.47			4.43			2.57
Less distributions:
Distributions from net investment income		(0.64	)		(0.55	)		(0.66	)		(0.38	)		(0.31	)

Net asset value at end of period		16.26			13.95			25.95			21.14			17.09

Total return (%)		22.55			(45.02	)		26.50			26.35			17.56
Ratios/Supplemental Data (%)

Ratios to average net assets:
Net operating expenses		0.32	²		0.50			0.50			0.50			0.50
Gross operating expenses		0.41			0.54			0.54			0.55			0.57
Net investment income (loss)		2.92			3.15			2.34			2.60			2.23
Portfolio turnover rate		21			10			5			11			10
Net assets, end of period ($ x 1,000,000)		1,369			711			1,264			954			776

² Effective May 5, 2009, the net operating expense limitation was lowered. The ratio presented for period ended is a blended rate.

34 Financial highlights

Fund management

The investment adviser for the funds is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds^®, Schwab ETFs^® and Laudus Funds^®. As of October 31, 2009, CSIM managed 79 mutual funds and approximately $206 billion in assets.

As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from each fund. For the 12 months ended 10/31/09, these fees were 0.06% for the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, 0.20% for the Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund, 0.20% for the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®, 0.13% for the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®, and 0.22% for the Schwab International Index Fund^®. These figures, which are expressed as a percentage of each fund’s average daily net assets, represent the actual amounts paid, including the effects of reductions.

Effective July 1, 2009, the management fee for each of the following funds, except Schwab 1000 Index Fund, was reduced. Please see the table below for information regarding each of these fund’s current and prior management fees.


	Management Fees			Management Fees (Prior to
Fund	(Effective July 1, 2009)			July 1, 2009)
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		0.06	%	Fifteen one-hundredths of one percent (0.15%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; nine one-hundredths of one percent (0.09%) of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; eight one-hundredths of one percent (0.08%) of the Fund’s daily net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; and seven one-hundredths of one percent (0.07%) of such net assets over $10 billion

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund		0.15	%	Thirty-three one-hundredths of one percent (0.33%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million and twenty-eight one-hundredths of one percent (0.28%) of such net assets over $500 million

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund		0.06	%	Thirty one-hundredths of one percent (0.30%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; and twenty-two one-hundredths of one percent (0.22%) of such net assets over $500 million

Schwab International Index Fund		0.15	%	Forty-three one-hundredths of one percent (0.43%) of the Fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million and thirty-eight one-hundredths of one percent (0.38%) of such net assets over $500 million

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of each fund’s investment advisory agreement is available in each fund’s 2009 annual report, which covers the period of 11/1/08 through 10/31/09.

Larry Mano, a managing director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^® and the Schwab International Index Fund^® and co-management of each of the remaining funds. Prior to joining the firm in November 1998, he worked for 20 years in equity management.

Ron Toll, a portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds, except the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund and the Schwab International Index Fund. He joined the firm in 1998, became Manager, Portfolio Operations in 2000, Manager, Portfolio Operations and Analytics in 2005 and was named to his current position in 2007.

Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in each fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

Fund management 35

Investing in the funds

In this section, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares. You may invest in a fund through an intermediary by placing orders through your brokerage account at Schwab or an account with another broker/dealer, investment adviser, 401(k) plan, employee benefit plan, administrator, bank, or other financial intermediary (intermediary) that is authorized to accept orders on behalf of the fund (intermediary orders). Eligible Investors (as defined herein) may invest directly in a fund by placing orders through the fund’s transfer agent (direct orders). You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.

Investing through a financial intermediary

Placing orders through your intermediary

When you place orders through Schwab or other intermediary, you are not placing your orders directly with a fund, and you must follow Schwab’s or the other intermediary’s transaction procedures. Your intermediary may impose different or additional conditions than the fund on purchases, redemptions and exchanges of fund shares. These differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off times for investment and trading restrictions. Your intermediary may independently establish and charge its customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by the fund. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of your investment and lower investment returns. You should consult your intermediary directly for information regarding these conditions and fees. The fund is not responsible for the failure of your intermediary to carry out its responsibilities.

Only certain intermediaries are authorized to accept orders on behalf of a fund. If your fund shares are no longer held by an authorized intermediary, the fund may impose restrictions on your ability to manage or maintain your shares. For example, you will not be able to place orders to purchase additional shares. To remove these restrictions, you have two options. First, you may move your shares to Schwab or another intermediary that is authorized to accept fund orders. Second, you may maintain a direct account with the fund if you meet the eligibility requirements for placing direct orders and your completed account application and supporting documentation is returned to and accepted by the fund’s transfer agent. The eligibility requirements and instructions for submitting an account application are set forth in the “Investing directly with the funds” section of the prospectus. If you do not exercise one of these options within ninety days, the fund reserves the right to redeem your shares.

Buying, selling and exchanging shares through an intermediary

To purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your Schwab account or in your account at another intermediary, you must place your orders with the intermediary that holds your shares. You may not purchase, redeem or exchange shares held in your intermediary account directly with the fund.

When selling or exchanging shares, you should be aware of the following fund policies:


•	The fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

•	The fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

•	Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds^® or Laudus MarketMasters Funds^® that are not Sweep Investments^® and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.

•	You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

Investing directly with the funds

Investor eligibility requirements for placing direct orders

Only Eligible Investors (as defined below) may purchase shares directly from the fund’s transfer agent, Boston Financial Data Services. Eligible Investors include, but are not limited to, qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans

36 Investing in the funds

(including but not limited to defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans, 401(k) plans), foundations and endowments, banks, trusts, investment companies and corporate capital and cash management accounts. Eligible Investors may also be shareholders who receive shares of a Schwab Funds as a result of a reorganization of a fund. The funds reserve the right to determine which potential investors qualify as Eligible Investors. Shares held by a non-Eligible Investor directly with a fund are subject to involuntary redemption by the fund.

Opening an account to place direct orders

You must satisfy the investor eligibility requirements for direct order clients in order to place direct orders for a fund’s shares. Eligible Investors must open an account with the fund through the fund’s transfer agent prior to placing direct orders. You may obtain an account application by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Your completed application and supporting documents must be returned to, and accepted by, the transfer agent before you can place direct orders. You cannot place direct orders through your Schwab account or through your account at another intermediary.

Initial and additional direct purchases by wire

Subject to acceptance by the fund, you may make your initial purchase and any additional purchases of shares by wiring federal funds to the transfer agent. If you have not yet opened an account with the fund, you must fax a signed, hard copy of the completed account application and all supporting documents to the transfer agent at 1-816-218-0490. You must call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 prior to the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), whichever is earlier) to place your order and to receive wire instructions. Orders received by the transfer agent in good order on or prior to the close of the fund will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund for that day. Your wired funds must be received and accepted by the transfer agent prior to 6:00 p.m. Eastern time or the deadline for the Fedwire Funds Service for initiating third party transfers, whichever is earlier, on the day your purchase order is placed. Please call the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 if you have any questions or need additional information.

Initial and additional direct purchases by mail

Subject to acceptance by a fund, you may open an account and make your initial purchase and any additional purchases of the fund’s shares by mail. To open an account by mail, complete and sign the account application and mail the account application, all supporting documents and a check for the desired purchase amount to the transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. Additional investments may be made at any time by mailing a check (payable to Schwab Funds) to the transfer agent at the address above. Be sure to include your account number on your check.

Subject to acceptance by the fund, payment for the purchase of shares received by mail will be credited to a shareholder’s account at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt, even though the check may not yet have been converted into federal funds. For purposes of calculating the purchase price of fund shares, a purchase order is received by the fund on the day that it is in good order unless it is rejected by the fund’s transfer agent. For a cash purchase order of fund shares to be in good order on a particular day, a check must be received on or before the close of the fund (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or the close of the NYSE, whichever is earlier) on that day. If the payment is received by the fund after the deadline, the purchase price of fund shares will be based upon the next determination of net asset value of fund shares. No currency, third party checks, foreign checks, starter checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks or money orders will be accepted by the fund.

Direct redemptions and exchanges

When selling or exchanging shares directly, you should be aware of the following fund policies:


•	The fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

•	The fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of the fund’s assets, whichever is less. You may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

•	Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds^® or Laudus MarketMasters Funds^® that are not Sweep Investments^® and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.

•	If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.

•	You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

Investing in the funds 37

Direct redemptions by telephone

If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may place a redemption order by calling the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 and requesting that the redemption proceeds be wired per the authorized instructions in the account application or mailed to the primary registration address. Your redemption order will be processed at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after receipt of your telephone redemption order by the transfer agent. Please note that the transfer agent may only act on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. The transfer agent’s records of such instructions are binding on the shareholder. The fund and its service providers (including the transfer agent, Schwab and CSIM) are not responsible for any losses or costs that may arise from following telephone instructions that the transfer agent reasonably believes to be genuine. The transfer agent will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated are genuine. These procedures include tape recording of telephone instructions and requiring some form of personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.

Direct redemptions by mail

You may redeem your fund shares by mail by sending a request letter to the fund’s transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. Your redemption request will be processed by the fund at the net asset value per share of the fund next determined after the request is received in good order. To be in good order, the redemption request must include the name of the fund and the number of shares or the dollar amount to be redeemed, all required signatures and authorizations and any required signature guarantees.

Additional direct redemption information

To protect you, the funds and their service providers from fraud, signature guarantees may be required to enable the transfer agent to verify the identity of the person who has authorized a redemption from an account. Signature guarantees are required for (1) redemptions where the proceeds are to be sent to someone other than the registered shareholder(s) at the registered address, (2) redemptions if your account address has changed within the last 10 business days, (3) share transfer requests, and (4) redemptions where the proceeds are wired in connection with bank instructions not already on file with the transfer agent. Signature guarantees may be obtained from certain eligible financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the following: U.S. banks, trust companies, credit unions, securities brokers and dealers, savings and loan associations and participants in the Securities and Transfer Association Medallion Program (“STAMP”), the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (“SEMP”) or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (“MSP”). Signature guarantees from non-U.S. banks that do not include a stamp may require a U.S. consulate stamp. You may contact the transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256 for further details.

Direct exchange privileges

Upon request, and subject to certain limitations, shares of the funds may be exchanged into shares of any other Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund that is not a Sweep Investment. In order to exchange your shares to another fund, you must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging or converting. Further, you must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order. A new account opened by exchange must be established with the same name(s), address(es) and tax identification number(s) as the existing account. All exchanges will be made based on the respective net asset values next determined following receipt of the request by the fund containing the information indicated below.

The funds reserve the right to suspend or terminate the privilege of exchanging shares of the funds by mail or by telephone at any time.

Direct exchanges by telephone

If you authorized the telephone redemption option in the account application, you may exchange fund shares by telephone by calling the fund’s transfer agent at 1-800-407-0256. Please be prepared to provide the following information: (a) the account number, tax identification number and account registration; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged (if applicable); (c) the name of the fund from which and the fund into which the exchange is to be made; and (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged. Please note that the transfer agent may act only on telephone instructions believed by the transfer agent to be genuine. Please see the section entitled “Direct redemptions by telephone” for more information regarding transacting with the funds’ transfer agent via telephone.

Direct exchanges by mail

To exchange fund shares by mail, simply send a letter of instruction to the funds’ transfer agent at Boston Financial Data Services, Attn: Schwab Funds, PO Box 8283, Boston, MA 02266-8323. The letter of instruction must include: (a) your account number; (b) the class of shares to be exchanged (if applicable); (c) the fund from and the fund into which the

38 Investing in the funds

exchange is to be made; (d) the dollar or share amount to be exchanged; and (e) the signatures of all registered owners or authorized parties.

Share price

The funds are open for business each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open. Each fund calculates its share price each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). A fund’s share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund’s net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received by a fund in good order on or prior to the close of the fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.

When you place an order through your Schwab account or an account at another intermediary, please consult with your intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after the fund receives your order from your intermediary. However, some intermediaries, such as Schwab, may arrange with the fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some intermediaries may require that they receive orders prior to a specified cut-off time.

In valuing its securities, a fund uses market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available or the adviser deems them unreliable, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the fund’s Board of Trustees.

Shareholders of the Schwab International Index Fund should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund’s portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.

Additional policies affecting your investment


Minimum initial investment

$100

The minimum may be waived for certain retirement plans, including Schwab Corporate Services retirement plans, and plan participants, and for shareholders who roll into an IRA from an exempted retirement plan. The minimum may also be waived for certain other investors, including trustees, officers and employees of Schwab, and for certain investment programs, including programs for education savings or charitable giving.

Choose an option for fund distributions. If you are an Eligible Investor placing direct orders with a fund, you will have one of the three options described below for fund distributions. If you don’t indicate a choice, you will receive the first option. If you are placing orders through an intermediary, you will select from the options for fund distributions provided by your intermediary, which may be different than those provided by the funds to Eligible Investors. You should consult with your financial intermediary to discuss available options.


Option		Feature

Reinvestment		All dividends and capital gain distributions are invested automatically in shares of your fund.

Cash/reinvestment mix		You receive payment for dividends, while any capital gain distributions are invested in shares of your fund.

Cash		You receive payment for all dividends and capital gain distributions.

Each fund reserves certain rights, including the following:


•	To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.

•	To change or waive a fund’s investment minimums.

•	To suspend the right to sell shares back to the fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.

•	To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.

Payments by the investment adviser or its affiliates

The investment adviser or its affiliates may make cash payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain brokerage firms, banks, retirement plan service providers and other financial

Investing in the funds 39

intermediaries that perform shareholder, recordkeeping, sub-accounting and other administrative services in connection with investments in fund shares. These payments or discounts are separate from, and may be in addition to, any shareholder service fees or other administrative fees the funds may pay to those intermediaries The investment adviser or its affiliates may also make cash payments out of their own resources, or provide products and services at a discount, to certain financial intermediaries that perform distribution, marketing, promotional or other distribution-related services. The payments or discounts described by this paragraph may be substantial; however, distribution-related services provided by such intermediaries are paid by the investment adviser or its affiliates, not by the funds or their shareholders.

Shareholder servicing plan

The Board of Trustees has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the “Plan”) on behalf of the funds. The Plan enables each fund to bear expenses relating to the provision by service providers, including Schwab, of certain account maintenance, customer liaison and shareholder services to the current shareholders of the funds. Schwab serves as the funds’ paying agent under the Plan for making payments of the shareholder service fee due to the service providers (other than Schwab) under the Plan. All shareholder service fees paid by the funds to Schwab in its capacity as the funds’ paying agent will be passed through to the service providers, and Schwab will not retain any portion of such fees.

Pursuant to the Plan, each fund’s shares are subject to an annual shareholder servicing fee up to the amount set forth in the table below. The shareholder servicing fee paid to a particular service provider is made pursuant to its written agreement with Schwab (or, in the case of payments made to Schwab, pursuant to Schwab’s written agreement with the funds). Payments under the Plan are made as described above regardless of Schwab’s or the service provider’s actual cost of providing the services. If the cost of providing the services under the Plan is less than the payments received, the unexpended portion of the fees may be retained as profit by Schwab or the service provider.


Fund		Shareholder Servicing Fee

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		0.02%

Schwab 1000 Index Fund		0.10%

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund		0.02%

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund		0.02%

Schwab International Index Fund		0.02%

Policy regarding short-term or excessive trading

The funds are intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively “market timing”). Market timing may adversely impact the funds’ performance by disrupting the efficient management of the funds, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the funds to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the funds’ shares.

In order to discourage market timing, the funds’ Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include: fair value pricing, imposition of redemption fees and trade activity monitoring. Fair value pricing and redemption fees are discussed more thoroughly in the subsequent pages of this prospectus and are considered to be key elements of the funds’ policy regarding short term or excessive trading. Trade activity monitoring is risk based and seeks to identify patterns of activity in amounts that might be detrimental to the funds.

Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the funds will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, some of these methods are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications uniformly and in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund’s long-term shareholders. The funds may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.

Each fund or its service providers maintain risk-based surveillance procedures designed to detect market timing in fund shares in amounts that might be detrimental to the fund. Under these procedures, the funds have requested that service providers to the funds monitor transactional activity in amounts and frequency determined by each fund to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. If a fund, in its sole discretion based on these or other factors, determines that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may refuse to process future purchases or exchanges into the fund by that shareholder. These procedures may be modified from time to time as appropriate to improve the detection of market timing and to comply with applicable laws.

40 Investing in the funds

If trades are effected through a financial intermediary, each fund or its service providers will work with the intermediary to monitor possible market timing activity. The funds reserve the right to contact the intermediary to provide certain shareholder transaction information and may require the intermediary to restrict the shareholder from future purchases or exchanges in the funds. Transactions by fund shareholders investing through intermediaries may also be subject to the restrictions of the intermediary’s own frequent trading policies, which may differ from those of the funds. Each fund may defer to an intermediary’s frequent trading policies with respect to those shareholders who invest in the fund through such intermediary. Each fund will defer to an intermediary’s policies only after the fund determines that the intermediary’s frequent trading policies are reasonably designed to deter transactional activity in amounts and frequency that are deemed to be significant to the fund and in a pattern of activity that potentially could be detrimental to the fund. Shareholders should consult with their intermediary to determine if additional frequent trading restrictions apply to their fund transactions.

The funds reserve the right to restrict, reject or cancel within a reasonable time, without prior notice, any purchase or exchange order for any reason.

Fair value pricing

The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value the funds’ securities when market prices are not “readily available” or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market.

By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, the funds seek to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter “arbitrage” market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a fund’s portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the fund’s shares, and seeks to help ensure that the prices at which the fund’s shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.

Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund’s valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.

Redemption fee

Shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days of purchase, which shall be calculated to include the 30th day, will be subject to a fee of 2%, which is intended to limit short-term trading in the funds, or to the extent that short-term trading persists, to impose the costs of that type of activity on the shareholders who engage in it. Each fund treats shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first. Each fund retains the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders. Fund shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. Each fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive such fee when, in its judgment, such waiver would be in the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. A fund may waive the redemption fee for retirement plans, wrap or fee-based programs, charitable giving funds, unregistered separate accounts, redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established by the fund or financial intermediaries, and registered investment companies and redemptions initiated by the fund. In addition, certain financial intermediaries may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from a fund’s but which the fund, in its discretion, may determine are in the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. While the funds discourage mutual fund market timing and maintain procedures designed to provide reasonable assurances that such activity will be identified and terminated, including the imposition of the redemption fee described above, no policy or procedure can guarantee that all such activity will in fact be identified or that such activity can be completely eliminated. The funds reserve the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

Customer identification and verification and anti-money laundering program

Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. When you open your account, you will have to provide your name, address, date of birth, identification number and other information that will allow the fund or your financial intermediary to identify you. This information is subject to verification to ensure the identity of all persons opening an account.

Each fund or your financial intermediary is required by law to reject your new account application if the required identifying information is not provided. The fund or your financial intermediary may contact you in an attempt to collect any missing information required on the application, and your application may be rejected if they are unable to obtain

Investing in the funds 41

this information. In certain instances, the fund or your financial intermediary is required to collect documents, which will be used solely to establish and verify your identity.

The funds will accept investments and your order will be processed at the NAV next determined after receipt of your application in proper form (or upon receipt of all identifying information required on the application). The funds, however, reserve the right to close and/or liquidate your account at the then-current day’s price if the funds or your financial intermediary are unable to verify your identity. As a result, you may be subject to a gain or loss on fund shares and will be subject to corresponding tax consequences.

Customer identification and verification is part of the fund’s overall obligation to deter money laundering under Federal law. Each fund has adopted an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program designed to prevent the fund from being used for money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities. In this regard, the funds reserve the right to (i) refuse, cancel or rescind any purchase or exchange order; (ii) freeze any account and/or suspend account services; or (iii) involuntarily close your account in cases of threatening conduct or suspected fraudulent or illegal activity. These actions will be taken when, in the sole discretion of fund management, they are deemed to be in the best interest of the fund or in cases when the fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental or law enforcement authority. If your account is closed at the request of governmental or law enforcement authority, you may not receive proceeds of the redemption if the fund is required to withhold such proceeds.

Distributions and taxes

Any investment in a fund typically involves several tax considerations. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person’s tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in the fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.

As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the dividends and gains a fund earns. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund’s capital gain distribution, if any, may be made available on the funds’ website: www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions generally have tax consequences. Each fund’s net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.

Generally, any sale or exchange of your shares is a taxable event. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund is treated the same as a sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for 12 months or less, long term if you held the shares longer. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Shareholders in a fund which invests in non-U.S. securities may have additional tax considerations as a result of foreign tax payments made by the fund. Typically, these payments will reduce the fund’s dividends but will still be included in your taxable income. You may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxed paid by the fund, however.

At the beginning of every year, the funds provide shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any distributions a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.

Schwab customers who sell fund shares typically will receive a report that calculates their gain or loss using the “average cost” single-category method. This information is not reported to the IRS, and you still have the option of calculating gains or losses using any other methods permitted by the IRS.

42 Investing in the funds

To learn more

This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:

Annual and semi-annual reports, which are mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about the funds’ holdings and detailed financial information about the funds. Annual reports also contain information from the funds’ managers about strategies, recent market conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance.

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.

For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds^® at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit Schwab Funds’ web site at www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semi-annual report.

The SAI, the funds’ annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds’ SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-551-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room.

SEC File Numbers



Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		811-7704

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund		811-6200

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®		811-7704

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®		811-7704

Schwab International Index Fund^®		811-7704

REG13644FLT-18

Schwab Equity Index Funds

Prospectus
February 28, 2010
As Amended July 2, 2010

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

SCHWAB ACTIVE EQUITY FUNDS
Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund: SWLSX
Schwab Premier Equity Fund^{^®}: SWPSX
Schwab Core Equity Fundä:SWANX
Schwab^® International Core Equity Fund: SICNX

Schwab Dividend Equity FundäSWDSX
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fundä: SWSCX
Schwab Hedged Equity Fundä: SWHEX
Schwab Financial Services Fundä: SWFFX
Schwab Health Care Fundä: SWHFX

SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund: SWPPX
Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund: SNXFX
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®: SWSSX
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®: SWTSX
Schwab International Index Fund^®: SWISX

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS^®
All Equity Portfolio — Investor Shares: SWEGX
Growth Portfolio — Investor Shares: SWHGX
— P Shares: SWPGX

Balanced Portfolio — Investor Shares: SWBGX
Conservative Portfolio — Investor Shares: SWCGX

Schwab Balanced Fund^TM: SWOBX

SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS
Schwab Target 2010 Fund: SWBRX
Schwab Target 2015 Fund: SWGRX
Schwab Target 2020 Fund: SWCRX
Schwab Target 2025 Fund: SWHRX
Schwab Target 2030 Fund: SWDRX
Schwab Target 2035 Fund: SWIRX
Schwab Target 2040 Fund: SWERX

February 28, 2010
As Amended July 2, 2010

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with each fund’s prospectus dated February 28, 2010 (each as amended from time to time). To obtain a free copy of any of the prospectuses, please contact Schwab Funds^® at 1-800-435-4000. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. The prospectuses also may be available on the Internet at: http://www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

Each fund, except for the Schwab 1000 Index Fund, is a series of Schwab Capital Trust (a trust) and the Schwab 1000 Index Fund is a series of Schwab Investments (a trust) (collectively referred to as the “trusts”). The funds are part of the Schwab complex of funds (“Schwab Funds”).

The funds’ audited financial statements from the funds’ annual reports for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, are incorporated by reference into this SAI. A copy of a fund’s 2009 annual report is delivered with the SAI.

The Schwab Equity Index Funds’ shareholder reports include a summary portfolio schedule. Each of these fund’s 2009 annual full portfolio schedule from Form N-CSR is a separate document delivered with the SAI and is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

REG38767-14

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES, INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS

Investment Objectives

The Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fundä seeks long-term capital growth.

The Schwab Premier Equity Fundä seeks long-term capital growth.

The Schwab Core Equity Fundä seeks long-term capital growth.

The Schwab^® International Core Equity Fund™ seeks long-term capital growth.

The Schwab Dividend Equity Fundä seeks current income and capital appreciation.

The Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fundä seeks long-term capital growth.

The Schwab Hedged Equity Fundä seeks long-tem capital appreciation over market cycles with lower volatility than the broad equity market.

The Schwab Financial Services Fundä and Schwab Health Care Fundä each seek long-term capital growth.

The Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab International Core Equity Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, Schwab Financial Services Fund and Schwab Health Care Fund are collectively referred to as “Active Equity Funds”.

The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund seeks to track the total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index (the S&P 500^®).

The Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund seeks to match the total return of the Schwab 1000 Index^®, an index created to represent performance of publicly traded equity securities of the 1,000 largest U.S. companies.

The Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^® seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures total return of small capitalization U.S. stocks.

The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^® seeks to track the total return of the entire U.S. stock market, as measured by The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index.

The Schwab International Index Fund^® seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the total return of large, publicly traded non-U.S. companies from countries with developed equity markets outside of the United States.

The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab 1000 Index Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund, Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund, and Schwab International Index Fund are collectively referred to as the “Equity Index Funds.”

The Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolioä seeks high capital growth over the long term.

The Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolioä seeks high capital growth with less volatility than an all stock portfolio.

The Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolioä seeks maximum total return, including both capital growth and income.

The Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolioä seeks income and more growth potential than an all bond fund.

The Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, and Conservative Portfolio are referred to collectively as the “MarketTrack Portfolios^{^®}.”

The Schwab Balanced Fund™ seeks capital growth and income.

The Schwab Target 2010, Schwab Target 2015, Schwab Target 2020, Schwab Target 2025, Schwab Target 2030, Schwab Target 2035, and Schwab Target 2040 Funds each seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.

The Schwab Target 2010 Fund, Schwab Target 2015 Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Fund, Schwab Target 2025 Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Fund, Schwab Target 2035 Fund and Schwab Target 2040 Fund are referred to collectively as the “Schwab Target Funds”.

The investment objective for each fund may be changed only by vote of a majority of its outstanding voting shares. A majority of the outstanding voting shares of a fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of the voting shares represented at the meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the fund are represented at the meeting or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of a fund. There is no guarantee a fund will achieve its objective.

Investment Strategies

The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. Not all investment securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.

The Schwab Active Equity Funds:

The Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund^TM will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in large-cap stocks of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. Large-cap stocks generally are those with market capitalizations equal to at least $5 billion. For purposes of this policy, net assets means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Premier Equity Fund^® will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in common stocks. The fund will notify shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Core Equity Fundä will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab^® International Core Equity Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of publically traded companies located in developed countries including the U.S. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Dividend Equity Fundä will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in dividend paying common and preferred stocks. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Dividend paying stocks are those stocks that historically have paid, or the manager anticipates will pay, a dividend.

The Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fundä will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in small-cap equity securities. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Small-cap equity securities generally are securities with market capitalizations of up to $2.5 billion or securities included in the Russell 2000^® Index, each measured at time of purchase by the fund. In addition, small-cap equity securities may include those with market capitalizations of up to $5 billion so long as the purchase of those securities would not cause the average weighted market capitalization of the fund to exceed $2.5 billion.

The Schwab Hedged Equity Fundä will establish long and short positions in equity securities issued by U.S. companies. The fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities, primarily common stocks. The fund will notify shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Financial Services Fundä will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities issued by companies in the financial services sector. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The investments may include, for example, commercial banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, brokerage companies, asset management firms, real estate investment trusts and financial services firms.

The financial services sector is currently undergoing relatively rapid change as existing distinctions between financial service segments become less clear. For instance, recent business combinations have included insurance, finance, and securities brokerage under single ownership. Some primarily retail corporations have expanded into securities and insurance industries. Moreover, the federal laws generally separating commercial and investment banking were revised to permit a greater level of affiliation between financial services companies.

Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) limits the extent to which a fund may invest in the securities of any one company that derives more than 15% of its revenues from brokerage, underwriting or investment management activities. A fund may purchase securities of an issuer that derived more than 15% of its gross revenues in its most recent fiscal year from securities-related activities, subject to the following conditions: (1) the purchase cannot cause more than 5% of the fund’s total assets to be invested in securities of that issuer; (2) for any equity security, the purchase cannot result in the fund owning more than 5% of the issuer’s outstanding securities in that class; and (3) for a debt security, the purchase cannot result in the fund owning more than 10% of the outstanding principal amount of the issuer’s debt securities.

The Schwab Health Care Fundä will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities issued by companies in the health care sector. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount

of any borrowings for investment purposes. The investments may include, for example, companies engaged in the design, manufacture, or sale of products or services used for or in connection with health care or medicine, biotechnology and drug companies, health care facilities operators, medical product manufacturers and suppliers, medical services firms and medical providers.

Schwab Equity Index Funds:

The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the S&P 500. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The S&P 500 is, generally, representative of the performance of the U.S. stock market. The index consists of 500 stocks chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a market value weighted index (stock price times number of shares outstanding), with each stock’s weight in the index proportionate to its market value. The S&P 500 does not contain the 500 largest stocks, as measured by market capitalization. Although many of the stocks in the index are among the largest, it also includes some relatively small companies. Those companies, however, generally are established companies within their industry group. Standard & Poor’s (S&P) identifies important industry groups within the U.S. economy and then allocates a representative sample of stocks with each group to the S&P 500. There are four major industry sectors within the index: industrials, utilities, financials and transportation. The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the shareholders of the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the funds particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index, which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the fund. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund or its shareholders into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of shares in the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the fund’s shares are to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the fund’s shares.

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and /or the completeness of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein, and S&P shall have no liability for any errors, omissions or interruptions therein. S&P makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, its shareholders or any other person or entity from the use of the S&P 500^Ò Index or any data therein. S&P makes no express or implied warranties and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall S&P have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

The Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the Schwab 1000 Index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

To be included in the Schwab 1000 Index, a company must satisfy all of the following criteria: (1) it must be an “operating company” (i.e., not an investment company) or real estate investment trust incorporated in the United States, its territories or possessions; (2) a liquid market for its common shares must exist on the New

York Stock Exchange (NYSE), American Stock Exchange (AMEX) or the NASDAQ/NMS and (3) its market value must place it among the top 1,000 such companies as measured by market capitalization (share price times the number of shares outstanding). The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

As of December 31, 2009, the aggregate market capitalization of the stocks included in the Schwab 1000 Index was approximately $9.59 trillion. This represents approximately 90% of the total market value of all publicly traded U.S. companies, as represented by the Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index.

The Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^{^®} will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab Small-Cap Index^® . The Schwab Small-Cap Index was created to represent the performance of equity securities of the second 1,000 largest U.S. companies, ranked by market capitalization (share price times the number of shares outstanding).

To be included in the Schwab Small-Cap Index, a company must satisfy all of the following criteria: (1) it must be an “operating company” (i.e., not an investment company) or a real estate investment trust incorporated in the United States, its territories or possessions; (2) a liquid market for its common shares must exist on the NYSE, AMEX or the NASDAQ/NMS and (3) its market value must place it among the second-largest 1,000 such companies as measured by market capitalization (i.e., from the company with a rank of 1,001 through the company with a rank of 2,000). The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^{^®} will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

In pursuing its objective, the fund uses the Dow Jones US Total Stock Market Index to measure the total return of the U.S. stock market. The Dow Jones US Total Stock Market Index is representative of the performance of the entire U.S. stock market. The index measures the performance of all U.S. headquartered equity securities with readily available pricing data. It is a market-value weighted index currently consisting of more than 5,000 stocks as of December 31, 2009. The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

“Dow Jones” and “The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^SM” are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^®, based on The Dow Jones U.S. Total Stock Market Index^SM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

Because it would be too expensive to buy all of the stocks included in the index, the investment adviser may use statistical sampling techniques in an attempt to replicate the total return of the U.S. stock market using a smaller number of securities. These techniques use a smaller number of index securities than that included in the index, which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including capitalization, dividend yield, price/earnings ratio, and industry factors.

The Schwab International Index Fund^{^®} will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in stocks included in the benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab International Index Fund intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab International Index^{^®}. The Schwab International Index was created to represent the performance of common stocks and other equity securities issued by large publicly traded companies from countries around the world with major developed securities markets, excluding the United States.

To be included in the Schwab International Index the securities must be issued by an operating company (i.e., not an investment company) whose principal trading market is in a country with a major developed securities market outside the United States. In addition, 350 of the largest companies are selected based on the market value of the company’s outstanding securities as measured by free-float adjusted market capitalization (share price times the number of shares available for purchase by international investors). The free-float available for purchase by international investors generally excludes shares held by strategic investors (such as governments, corporations, controlling shareholders and management) and shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions. The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index. By tracking the largest companies in developed markets, the index represents the performance of what some analysts deem the “blue chips” of international markets. The index also is designed to provide a broad representation of the international market, by limiting investments by country to no more than 35% of the total market capitalization of the index. The Schwab International Index was first made available to the public on July 29, 1993.

The Schwab 1000 Index^®, Schwab Small-Cap Index and Schwab International Index were developed and are maintained by Schwab. Schwab receives no compensation from the funds for maintaining these indices. Schwab reviews and, as necessary, revises the lists of companies whose securities are included in the Schwab 1000 Index, the Schwab Small-Cap Index and the International Index usually annually. Companies known by Schwab to meet or no longer meet the inclusion criteria may be added or deleted as appropriate. Schwab also will modify each index as necessary to account for corporate actions (e.g., new issues, repurchases, stock dividends/splits, tenders, mergers, stock swaps, spin-offs or bankruptcy filings made because of a company’s inability to continue operating as a going concern).

Schwab may change the Schwab 1000 Index and the Schwab Small-Cap Index inclusion criteria if it determines that doing so would cause the Schwab 1000 Index and the Schwab Small-Cap Index to be more representative of the domestic equity market. Schwab also may change the International Index inclusion criteria if it determines that doing so would cause the Schwab International Index to be more representative of the large, publicly traded international company equity market. In the future, the Board of Trustees may take necessary and timely action to change the benchmark index for the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®, including selecting a new one, should it decide that such changes would better enable the fund to seek its objective of tracking the small-cap U.S. stock sector and taking such action would be in the best interest of the fund’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees also may take necessary and timely action to change the benchmark index for the Schwab International Index Fund^®, including selecting a new one, should it decide that such changes would better enable the fund to seek its objective of tracking the international stock sector and taking such action would be in the best interest of the fund’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may select another index for the Schwab 1000 Index^{^®} Fund, subject to shareholder approval, should it decide that taking such action would be in the best interest of the fund’s shareholders.

A particular stock’s weighting in the Schwab Small-Cap Index or the Schwab 1000 Index is based on its relative total market value (i.e., its market price per share times the number of shares outstanding), divided by the total market capitalization of its index.

A particular stock’s weighting in the International Index is based on its relative free-float adjusted market value, divided by the total free-float adjusted market capitalization of the index.

Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios^® , Schwab Balanced Fund^TM and Schwab Target Funds:

Each Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio seeks to maintain a defined mix of asset classes over time, and each invests mainly in a combination of other Schwab Funds^Ò, which are managed using indexing strategies. The Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may invest in various types of underlying funds, which are summarized below. Not all underlying funds discussed below are eligible investments for each Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio. Each Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio also may invest in securities other than shares of Schwab Funds, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques. For the large-cap allocation, each portfolio may also invest directly in all the stocks that comprise the S&P 500 Index^® (or other similar index), using an indexing strategy.

While it is the Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio’s target allocation to invest 100% in stock investments, it is the portfolio’s policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in stock investments. The portfolio will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Balanced Fund, under normal circumstances, will invest at least 25% of its assets in equity securities, equity funds or investments with similar economic characteristics and at least 25% of its assets in fixed income securities, fixed income funds or investments with similar economic characteristics. For purposes of this policy, assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Balanced Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a combination of underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities, in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, the fund may invest directly in equity, fixed income securities, exchange traded funds, cash equivalents, including money market securities, and futures. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.

Each Schwab Target Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a combination of underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities, in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. For each target fund, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser’s asset allocation strategy. In general, each target fund’s allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated retirement date, each target year fund’s allocation will be approximately 40% equity securities, 53% fixed income securities, 7% money market funds. Each Schwab Target Fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund’s stated retirement date. Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity, fixed income securities, cash equivalents, including money market securities, and futures. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.

Mutual Funds (open-end mutual funds) are registered investment companies that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis. Closed-end funds are registered investment companies that offer a fixed number of shares and are usually listed on an exchange. These funds generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in various types of securities, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities.

These funds also make various investments and use certain techniques to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in these funds generally reflect the risks of the securities in which these funds invest and the investment techniques they may employ. Also, these funds charge fees and incur operating expenses. Each Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio will normally invest at least 50% of its assets in other Schwab Funds^Ò, that are registered open-end investment companies.

Stock Funds typically seek growth of capital and invest primarily in equity securities. Other investments generally include debt securities, such as U.S. government securities, and some illiquid and restricted securities. Stock funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures and options contracts. Some stock funds invest exclusively in equity securities and may focus on a specialized segment of the stock market, like stocks of small companies or foreign issuers, or may focus on a specific industry or group of industries. The greater a fund’s investment in stock, the greater exposure it will have to stock risk and stock market risk. Stock risk is the risk that a stock may decline in price over the short or long term. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Some stocks, like small company and international stocks, are more sensitive to stock risk than others. Diversifying investments across companies can help to lower the stock risk of a portfolio. Market risk is typically the result of a negative economic condition that affects the value of an entire class of securities, such as stocks or bonds. Diversification among various asset classes, such as stocks, bonds and cash, can help to lower the market risk of a portfolio. The Schwab Funds^Ò stock funds that the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may currently invest in are the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^Ò, and Schwab International Index Fund^Ò. The underlying stock fund that the Schwab Balanced Fund may currently invest in are the Schwab Core Equity Fund and the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund. The underlying stock funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are listed in the prospectus. A stock fund’s other investments and use of investment techniques also will affect its performance and portfolio value.

Small-Cap Stock Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. Small-cap stock funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of techniques as other stock funds, except that they focus on stocks issued by companies at the lower end of the total capitalization of the U.S. stock market. These stocks tend to be more volatile than stocks of companies of larger capitalized companies. Small-cap stock funds, therefore, tend to be more volatile than stock funds that invest in mid- or large-cap stocks, and are normally recommended for long-term investors. The Schwab Funds^® small-cap stock fund that the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^Ò. The underlying small-cap stock fund that the Schwab Balanced Fund may currently invest in is the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund. The underlying small-cap stock funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are listed in the prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of small-cap stocks, please refer to “Small-Cap Stocks” later in the document.

International Stock Funds typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers. Global stock funds invest primarily in equity securities of both domestic and foreign issuers. International and global stock funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of investment techniques as other stock funds, except they focus on stocks of foreign issuers. Some international stock and global stock funds invest exclusively in foreign securities. Some of these funds invest in securities of issuers located in emerging or developing securities markets. These funds have greater exposure to the risks associated with international investing. International and global stock funds also may invest in foreign currencies and depositary receipts and enter into futures and options contracts on foreign currencies and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The Schwab Funds international stock fund that the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab

International Index Fund^Ò. The underlying international stock funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are listed in the prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of international stock, please refer to “Foreign Securities” later in the document.

Bond Funds typically seek high current income by investing primarily in debt securities, including U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, stripped securities and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Other investments may include some illiquid and restricted securities. Bond funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures contracts. Bond funds are subject to interest rate and income risks as well as credit and prepayment risks. When interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise, which may affect the values of bond funds and their yields. For example, when interest rates fall, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. A bond fund holding these securities would be forced to invest the principal received from the issuer in lower yielding debt securities. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This risk is known as extension risk and may affect the value of a bond fund if the value of its securities are depreciated as a result of the higher market interest rates. Bond funds also are subject to the risk that the issuers of the securities in their portfolios will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. The Schwab Funds^Ò bond fund that the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab Total Bond Market Fund™. The underlying bond fund that the Schwab Balanced Fund may currently invest in is Schwab Total Bond Market Fund^TM. The underlying bond funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are listed in the prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of bonds, please refer to “Debt Securities” later in the document.

Money Market Funds typically seek current income and a stable share price of $1.00 by investing in money market securities. Money market securities include commercial paper and short-term U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements. Some money market securities may be illiquid or restricted securities or purchased on a delayed-delivery or when issued basis. The Schwab Funds^® money market fund that the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund^Ò. The underlying money market fund that the Schwab Balanced Fund may currently invest in is the Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund^Ò. The underlying money market fund that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in is listed in the prospectus. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of money market securities, please refer to “Money Market Securities” later in the document.

Investments, Risks and Limitations

The different types of investments that the funds (or, in the case of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab Target Funds and Schwab Balanced Fund, an underlying fund) typically may invest in, the investment techniques they may use and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.

Each of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab Balanced Fund, and Schwab Target Funds also may invest in securities other than shares of underlying funds, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques, which are outlined below. For purposes of the descriptions below, references to “a fund” or “the funds” include each portfolio of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios.

Not all securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund. A fund will make investments that are intended to help achieve its investment objective. The types of investments each fund may make are indicated by an “X” in the column under the fund’s name.

Schwab Active Equity Funds

Schwab

Large-

Schwab

Interna-

Schwab

Small-

Schwab

Cap

Premier

Core

tional Core

Dividend

Cap

Hedged

Financial

Health

Growth

Equity

Services

Care

Fund

Depositary Receipts

Derivative Instruments

Equity Securities

Preferred Stocks

Convertible Securities

Exchange Traded Funds

Foreign Securities

Futures Contracts

Money Market Securities

Options Contracts

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Repurchase Agreements

Securities Lending

Schwab Equity Index Funds

Schwab

Schwab Total

Schwab 500

Schwab 1000

Small-Cap

Stock Market

Schwab International

Index Fund

Index^® Fund

Index Fund

Derivative Instruments

Equity Securities

Exchange Traded Funds

Futures Contracts

Securities Lending

Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios

All Equity Portfolio

Growth Portfolio

Balanced Portfolio

Conservative Portfolio

Large-Cap Funds

Small-Cap Stock Funds

International Stock Funds

Bond Funds

Money Market Securities


Schwab Balanced Fund
Large-Cap Funds			X
Small-Cap Stock Funds			X
Bond Funds			X
Money Market Funds			X
Debt Securities			X
Derivative Instruments			X
Preferred Stocks			X


Schwab Balanced Fund
Convertible Securities			X
Event-Linked Bonds			X
Foreign Securities			X
Money Market Securities			X
U.S. Government Securities			X

Schwab Target Funds

Schwab

Target 2010

Target 2015

Target 2020

Target 2025

Target 2030

Target 2035

Fund

Large-Cap Funds

Small-Cap Stock Funds

International Stock Funds

Bond Funds

Money Market Funds

Debt Securities

Equity Securities

Exchange Traded Funds

Futures Contracts

Money Market Securities

Asset-Backed Securities are securities that are backed by the loans or accounts receivable of an entity, such as a bank or credit card company. These securities are obligations that the issuer intends to repay using the assets backing them (once collected). Therefore, repayment may depend largely on the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities. The rate of principal payments on asset-backed securities generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets, which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the yield on any asset-backed security is difficult to predict with precision, and actual yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. Sometimes the credit support for asset-backed securities is limited to the underlying assets, but, in other cases, may be provided by a third party via a letter of credit or insurance guarantee.

For purposes of a fund’s concentration policy, the fund will determine the industry classification of asset-backed securities based upon the investment adviser’s evaluation of the risks associated with an investment in the underlying assets. For example, asset-backed securities whose underlying assets share similar economic characteristics because, for example, they are funded (or supported) primarily from a single or similar source or revenue stream will be classified in the same industry sector. In contrast, asset-backed securities whose underlying assets represent a diverse mix of industries, business sectors and/or revenue streams will be classified into distinct industries based on their underlying credit and liquidity structures. A fund will limit its investments in each identified industry to less than 25% of its total assets.

Bankers’ Acceptances or notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers’ acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.

Borrowing. A fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. In addition, the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund may borrow for investment purposes. A fund’s borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of a fund’s shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.

A fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force a fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to a fund’s remaining shareholders. In addition, the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund may establish lines with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for investment purposes, such as the purchase of securities. Each fund will pay fees to the banks for using its lines.

Certificates of Deposit or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.

Commercial Paper consists of short-term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short-term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.

Concentration means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry’s securities. The Schwab Financial Services Fundä and Schwab Health Care Fundä will, under normal conditions, invest 25% or more of its total assets in the industry or group of industries representing its sector. Each of the Equity Index Funds will not concentrate its investments, unless its index is so concentrated. Each of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios Schwab Balanced Fund and Schwab Target Funds will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries unless its underlying fund investments are so concentrated. The Schwab Core Equity Fund and Schwab Hedged Equity Fund will not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, unless the S&P 500 Index is so concentrated. The Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, and Schwab International Core Equity Fund will not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries. The Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, unless the Russell 2000 Index is so concentrated.

Credit and Liquidity supports may be employed by issuers to reduce the credit risk of their securities. Credit supports include letters of credit, insurance and guarantees provided by foreign and domestic entities. Liquidity supports include puts and demand features. Most of these arrangements move the credit risk of an investment from the issuer of the security to the support provider. Changes in the credit quality of a support provider could cause losses to a fund, and affect its share price.

Debt Securities are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, to raise money. They are basically “IOUs,” but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (the “principal”) until it is paid back upon maturity.

Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Also, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is especially true for bonds with sinking fund provisions, which commit the issuer to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of principal and typically allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or at a pre-set call price.

Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate

changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.

Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (bonds) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt securities also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- or/and high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or “junk bonds.” The market for these securities has historically been less liquid than for investment-grade securities. See Appendix A for a full description of the various ratings assigned to debt securities by various nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSRO”s).

Delayed-Delivery Transactions include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations. Typically, no interest will accrue to a fund until the security is delivered. A fund will earmark or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations. When a fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund does not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, a fund could suffer losses.

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities. A fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that a fund is committed to advance additional funds, it will at all times segregate or “earmark” assets, determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.

A fund may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. A fund currently intends to treat delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of a fund’s limitation on illiquid investments. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in Loan Participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see “Loan Participations.” Participation interests in revolving credit facilities will be subject to the limitations discussed in “Loan Participations.” Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a fund.

Demand Features, which may include guarantees, are used to shorten a security’s effective maturity and/or enhance its creditworthiness. If a demand feature provider were to refuse to permit the feature’s exercise or otherwise terminate its obligations with respect to such feature, however, the security’s effective maturity may be lengthened substantially, and/or its credit quality may be adversely impacted.

In either event, a fund may experience an increase in share price volatility. This also could lengthen a fund’s overall average effective maturity.

Depositary Receipts include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other “hybrid” forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), and are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer’s home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject a fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder’s rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.

Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.

Derivative Instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend on (or “derive” from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These “other assets” are commonly referred to as “underlying assets.”

A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic “building blocks” of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including

caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets.

Risk management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.

In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser may utilize these new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and permitted by a fund’s investment limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.

Diversification involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company. The Schwab Financial Services Fundä and Schwab Health Care Fundä are non-diversified mutual funds, which means that a relatively high percentage of assets of the funds may be invested in the obligations of a limited number of issuers. The value of shares of these funds may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than the shares of a diversified investment company would be. Each of the Schwab Financial Services Fund and Schwab Health Care Fund intend to diversify its investments to the extent required to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). The Schwab Equity Index Funds, Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab International Core Equity Fund, Schwab Balanced Fund and Schwab Target Funds are diversified mutual funds.

Duration was developed as a more precise alternative to the concept of “maturity.” Traditionally, a debt obligation’s maturity has been used as a proxy for the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates (which is the “interest rate risk” or “volatility” of the security). However, maturity measures only the time until a debt obligation provides its final payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security’s payments prior to maturity. In contrast, duration incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon interest payments, final maturity, call and put features and prepayment exposure into one measure. Duration is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a given change in market interest rates. Duration management is one of the fundamental tools used by the investment adviser/sub-advisers for debt portions of the funds, if any.

Emerging or Developing Markets exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.

Equity Securities represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called “stocks.” Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock’s price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.

Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, ADRs, EDRs, and interests in real estate investment trusts (for more information on real estate investment trusts, “REITs”, see the section entitled “Real Estate Investment Trusts”).

Common stocks, which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation’s directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation’s shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer’s earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.

Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation’s assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, a fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.

Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer’s common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company’s common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company’s common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable. Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the convertible feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade (“high yield”) or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.

Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and a fund’s ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer’s creditworthiness.

Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a convertible feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer’s common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company’s liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.

Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer’s convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security’s income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because their conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.

Warrants are types of securities usually issued with bonds and preferred stock that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. If a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and a fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.

Initial Public Offering. A fund may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company’s initial public offering (“IPOs”), and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. A fund’s purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.

Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”). MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership’s operations and management.

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly

cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.

MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The funds may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP’s general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.

General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP’s original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder’s investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP’s aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

Additional risks involved with investing in an MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.

Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by an MLP’s parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP’s revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.

Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”) such as Standard and Poor’s Depositary Receipts (“SPDRs”) Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the 1940 Act as open-end funds or unit investment trusts (“UITs”). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold through the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares’ net asset value. An “index-based ETF” seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges. Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to iShares and procedures approved by the funds’ Board of Trustees, each fund may invest in iShares not to exceed 25% of the fund’s total assets, provided that the fund has described exchange-traded fund investments in its prospectuses and otherwise complies with the conditions of the exemptive order and other applicable investment limitations.

Event-Linked Bonds. A fund, except for the Schwab International Core Equity Fund, may invest up to 5% of its net assets in “event-linked bonds,” which are fixed income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” If a trigger event occurs, a fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. Event-linked bonds often provide for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. Event-linked bonds may also expose a fund to certain unanticipated risks including credit risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk.

Fixed Time Deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.

Foreign Currency Transactions. A fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. A fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.

A fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. A fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.

A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a fund against a possible loss

resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when a fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, a fund could sustain a loss.

A fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called “position hedging.” When engaging in position hedging, a fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that a fund expects to purchase).

Buying and selling foreign currency exchange contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of a fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for a fund than if it had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between a fund’s holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which a fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause a fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss.

Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for a fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of a fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and a fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:

Lock In. When the investment adviser desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

Cross Hedge. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, a fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of a fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

Direct Hedge. If the investment adviser wants to a eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the investment adviser thinks that a fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, a fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but a fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.

Proxy Hedge. The investment adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, a fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

Costs of Hedging. When a fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if a fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from a fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in a fund’s net asset value per share.

Tax Consequences of Hedging. Under applicable tax law, a fund may be required to limit its gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although a fund is expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by a fund and could affect whether dividends paid by a fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.

Foreign Securities involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which a fund may invest include foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although a fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a fund to miss attractive investment

opportunities. Losses to a fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for a fund.

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, a fund may hold cash in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause a fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a fund.

Forward Contracts are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the “long” position), and the seller (holding the “short” position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.

Futures Contracts are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities Future Trading Commission (“CFTC”) licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Consistent with CFTC regulations, the trusts have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

A fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions and to pay its expenses. To reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow a fund’s cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, a fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to “fix” the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.

When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as “initial margin” and must be in the form of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as “variation margin” may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as “marking-to-market.” The margin amount will be returned to a fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.

While a fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of

its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (i.e. brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent a fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of their current portfolio securities. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when they effect anticipated purchases. Similarly, a fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and their portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. A fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that a fund has acquired or expects to acquire.

Futures contracts normally require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures position. If a fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, a fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.

With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to “cash settle,” however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or earmark assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.

High Yield Securities, also called lower quality bonds (“junk bonds”), are frequently issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those of questionable credit strength, and are more speculative and volatile (though typically higher yielding) than investment grade bonds. Adverse economic developments could disrupt the market for high yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly-leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.

Also, the secondary market for high yield securities at times may not be as liquid as the secondary market for higher-quality debt securities. As a result, the investment adviser could find it difficult to sell these securities or experience difficulty in valuing certain high yield securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices at which a fund purchased them.

Thus, high yield securities are more likely to react to developments affecting interest rates and market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium- to lower-quality debt securities may decline in value more than higher-quality debt securities due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates. Prices for high yield securities also could be affected

by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market value for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities.

Hybrid Instruments are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of a fund. A fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.

Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. A fund will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, a fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

Illiquid Securities generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of promptly and in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a fund has valued the instruments. The liquidity of a fund’s investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days and certain restricted securities.

Indexing Strategies involve tracking the securities represented in, and therefore the performance of, an index. Each Schwab Equity Index Fund normally will invest primarily in the securities of its index. Moreover, each of these index funds invests so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. Each of these index funds tries to generally match its holdings in a particular security to its weight in the index. Each index fund will seek a correlation between its performance and that of its index of 0.90 or better. A perfect correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the index funds incur operating and trading expenses unlike their

indices. An index fund may rebalance its holdings in order to track its index more closely. In the event its intended correlation is not achieved, the Board of Trustees will consider alternative arrangements for an index fund. Certain of the Equity Index Funds serve as underlying funds for the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios.

Inflation-Indexed Bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semiannual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi -annually), and inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid -year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi—annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole years’ inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. A fund may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Interfund Borrowing and Lending. The SEC has granted an exemption to the Schwab Funds that permits the funds to borrow money from and/or lend money to other Schwab Funds. All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board of Trustees of the Schwab Funds.

International Bonds are certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers, including Eurodollar Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers payable in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks located outside the United States, primarily Europe), Yankee Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the U.S. by foreign banks and corporations, and EuroBonds, which are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and usually issued by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts and securities purchased on foreign securities exchanges, may subject a fund to additional investment risks, such as adverse political and economic developments, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign investments, less stringent disclosure requirements, non-U.S. withholding taxes and the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions.

Additional risks include less publicly available information, the risk that companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements of U.S. companies, the risk that foreign securities markets may have less volume and therefore may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S. securities, and the risk that custodian and transaction costs may be higher. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting requirements and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

Loan Interests, and other direct debt instruments or interests therein, may be acquired by a fund. A loan interest is typically originated, negotiated, and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution (“Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions. The Agent typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the other lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent (“Collateral Bank”), holds collateral (if any) on behalf of the lenders. When a Collateral Bank holds collateral, such collateral typically consists of one or more of the following asset types: inventory, accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment, intangibles, common stock of subsidiaries or other investments. These loan interests may take the form of participation interests in, assignments of or novations of a loan during its second distribution, or direct interests during a primary distribution. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign banks, insurance companies, finance companies, or other financial institutions who have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. A fund may also acquire loan interests under which a fund derives its rights directly from the borrower. Such loan interests are separately enforceable by a fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are typically made directly to a fund from the borrower. In the event that a fund and other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared collateral, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the custody of the Collateral Bank for their mutual benefit. A fund may not act as an Agent, a Collateral Bank, a guarantor or sole negotiator or structurer with respect to a loan.

The investment adviser will analyze and evaluate the financial condition of the borrower in connection with the acquisition of any Loan Interest. Credit ratings are typically assigned to Loan Interests in the same manner as with other fixed income debt securities, and the investment adviser analyzes and evaluates these ratings, if any, in deciding whether to purchase a Loan Interest. The investment adviser also analyzes and evaluates the financial condition of the Agent and, in the case of Loan Interests in which a fund does not have privity with the borrower, those institutions from or through whom a fund derives its rights in a loan (“Intermediate Participants”).

In a typical loan, the Agent administers the terms of the loan agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all the institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. A fund will generally rely upon the Agent or Intermediate Participant to receive and forward to a fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement a fund has direct recourse against the borrower, a fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the loan agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Loan Interest usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Loan Interests of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a loan agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Loan Interests for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, a fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a Collateral Bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of a fund and the other holders pursuant to the applicable loan agreement.

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor agent generally would be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of Loan Interests. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, a fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan Interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving Intermediate Participants, similar risks may arise.

Purchasers of Loan Interests depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and interest. If a fund does not receive a scheduled interest or principal payment on such indebtedness, a fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer a fund more protections than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Direct indebtedness of developing countries also will involve a risk that the governmental entities responsible for the repayment of the debt may be unable, or unwilling, to pay interest and repay principal when due.

The Loan Interests market is in a developing phase with increased participation among several investor types. The dealer community has become increasingly involved in this secondary market. If, however, a particular Loan Interest is deemed to be illiquid, it would be valued using procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. In such a situation, there is no guarantee that a fund will be able to sell such Loan Interests, which could lead to a decline in the value of the Loan Interests and the value of a fund’s shares.

Loan Participations and Assignments. A fund may purchase participations in commercial loans. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participation in a loan to a corporate borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. A fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, a fund assumes the credit risk associated with the corporate borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which a fund intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.

A loan is often administered by an agent bank acting as agent for all holders. The agent bank administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent bank is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the corporate borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, a fund has direct recourse against the corporate borrower, a fund may have to rely on the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a corporate borrower.

A financial institution’s employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank’s general creditors, a fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.

Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. If a fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, a fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer a fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

A fund may invest in loan participations with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, a fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

A fund limits the amount of its total assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry. For purposes of these limits, a fund generally will treat the corporate borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by a fund. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between a fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to a fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower, SEC interpretations require a fund to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as “issuers” for the purposes of determining whether a fund has invested more than 5% of its assets in a single issuer. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require

weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the investment adviser or sub-advisers believe to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining a fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in a fund’s daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these instruments is expected to improve. In addition, a fund currently intends to treat indebtedness for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of a fund’s limitation on illiquid investments. Investments in loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a fund.

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to a fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, a fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, a fund relies on the investment adviser’s and sub-advisers’ research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect a fund.

Maturity of Investments will generally be determined using the portfolio fixed income securities’ final maturity dates. However for certain securities, maturity will be determined using the security’s effective maturity date. The effective maturity date for a security subject to a put or demand feature is the demand date, unless the security is a variable- or floating-rate security. If it is a variable-rate security, its effective maturity date is the earlier of its demand date or next interest rate change date. For variable-rate securities not subject to a put or demand feature and floating-rate securities, the effective maturity date is the next interest rate change date. The effective maturity of mortgage-backed and certain other asset-backed securities is determined on an “expected life” basis by the investment adviser or sub-adviser. For an interest rate swap agreement, its effective maturity would be equal to the difference in the effective maturity of the interest rates “swapped.” Securities being hedged with futures contracts may be deemed to have a longer maturity, in the case of purchases of future contracts, and a shorter maturity, in the case of sales of futures contracts, than they would otherwise be deemed to have. In addition, a security that is subject to redemption at the option of the issuer on a particular date (“call date”), which is prior to, or in lieu of, the security’s stated maturity, may be deemed to mature on the call date rather than on its stated maturity date. The call date of a security will be used to calculate average portfolio maturity when the investment adviser reasonably anticipates, based upon information available to it, that the issuer will exercise its right to redeem the security. The average portfolio maturity of a fund is dollar-weighted based upon the market value of a fund’s securities at the time of the calculation. A fund may invest in securities with final or effective maturities of any length.

Money Market Securities are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing a bank’s obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.

Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately, sometimes called demand

features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.

A fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. A fund may invest in money market securities to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance. A fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.

Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”) and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”) may be purchased by a fund. MBS represent participations in mortgage loans, and include pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. MBS may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae) and Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate and residential property. MBS issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other MBS that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of credit enhancement.

MBS are subject to interest rate risk, like other debt securities, in addition to prepayment and extension risk. Prepayments occur when the holder of an individual mortgage prepays the remaining principal before the mortgage’s scheduled maturity date. As a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying securities, mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid prepayment of principal than their stated maturity indicates. Because the prepayment characteristics of the underlying mortgages vary, it is not possible to predict accurately the realized yield or average life of a particular issue of mortgage-backed securities. Prepayment rates are important because of their effect on the yield and price of the securities. Accelerated prepayments adversely impact yields for mortgage-backed securities purchased at a premium (i.e., a price in excess of principal amount) and may involve additional risk of loss of principal because the premium may not be fully amortized at the time the obligation is repaid. The opposite is true for mortgage-backed securities purchased at a discount. The funds may purchase mortgage-related securities at a premium or at a discount. When interest rates rise, extension risk increases and may affect the value of a fund. Principal and interest payments on the mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by the government, however, such guarantees do not extend to the value or yield of the mortgage-related securities themselves or of a fund’s shares.

ABS have structural characteristics similar to MBS. ABS represent direct or indirect participation in assets such as automobile loans, credit card receivables, trade receivables, home equity loans (which sometimes are categorized as MBS) or other financial assets. Therefore, repayment depends largely on the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities. The credit quality of most ABS depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on ABS may be supported by credit enhancements including letters of credit, an insurance guarantee, reserve funds and overcollateralization. In the case of privately-issued mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, the funds take the position that such instruments do not represent interests in any particular industry or group of industries.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small

compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. Many of the risks of investing in commercial MBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial MBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

Collateralized Debt Obligations. A fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which includes collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid securities, however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and a fund’s prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) a fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (“CMO”) is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and their income streams.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (“issuer”) issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (“Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (“Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the

Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.

The rate of principal payment on MBS and ABS generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the price and yield on any MBS or ABS is difficult to predict with precision and price and yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. If a fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by a fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.

While many MBS and ABS are issued with only one class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple class MBS and ABS are issued as a method of providing credit support, typically through creation of one or more classes whose right to payments on the security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. In addition, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include stripped securities, which are MBS and ABS entitling the holder to disproportionate interest or principal compared with the assets backing the security, and securities with classes having characteristics different from the assets backing the securities, such as a security with floating interest rates with assets backing the securities having fixed interest rates. The market value of such securities and CMO’s generally is more or less sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with traditional MBS and ABS, and in some cases such market value may be extremely volatile.

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only (“IO”) class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See “Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.” In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (SMBS). SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

Under certain circumstances these securities may be deemed “illiquid” and subject to a fund’s limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

Municipal Leases are obligations issued to finance the construction or acquisition of equipment or facilities. These obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase contract, a conditional sales contract or a participation interest in any of these obligations. Municipal leases may be considered illiquid investments. Additionally, municipal leases are subject to “nonappropriation risk,” which is the risk that the municipality may terminate the lease because funds have not been allocated to make the necessary lease payments. The lessor would then be entitled to repossess the property, but the value of the property may be less to private sector entities than it would be to the municipality.

Municipal Securities are debt securities issued by a state, its counties, municipalities, authorities and other subdivisions, or the territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia, including their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities and corporations. These securities may be issued to obtain money for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, public utilities, schools, streets, and water and sewer works. Other public purposes include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and obtaining funds to loan to other public institutions and facilities.

Municipal securities also may be issued to finance various private activities, including certain types of private activity bonds (“industrial development bonds” under prior law). These securities may be issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide certain privately owned or operated facilities.

Municipal securities may be owned directly or through participation interests, and include general obligation or revenue securities, tax-exempt commercial paper, notes and leases.

Municipal securities generally are classified as “general obligation” or “revenue” and may be purchased directly or through participation interests. General obligation securities typically are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities typically are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special tax or other specific revenue source. Private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are, in most cases, revenue bonds and generally do not constitute the pledge of the credit of the issuer of such bonds. The credit quality of private activity bonds is frequently related to the credit standing of private corporations or other entities.

Examples of municipal securities that are issued with original maturities of 397 days or less are short term tax anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, pre-refunded municipal bonds and tax-free commercial paper. Tax anticipation notes typically are sold to finance working capital needs of municipalities in anticipation of the receipt of property taxes on a future date. Bond anticipation notes are sold on an interim basis in anticipation of a municipality’s issuance of a longer-term bond in the future. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of the receipt of other types of revenue, such as that available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. Construction loan notes are instruments insured by the Federal Housing Administration with permanent financing by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae at the end of the project construction period. Pre-refunded municipal bonds are bonds that are not yet refundable, but for which securities have been placed in escrow to refund an original municipal bond issue when it becomes refundable. Tax-free commercial paper is an unsecured promissory obligation issued or guaranteed by a municipal issuer. A fund may purchase other municipal securities similar to the foregoing that are or may become available, including securities issued to pre-refund other outstanding obligations of municipal issuers.

A fund also may invest in moral obligation securities, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of a moral obligation security is unable to meet its obligation from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund. The state or municipality that created the entity has only a moral commitment, not a legal obligation, to restore the reserve fund.

The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties with respect to the rights of holders of municipal securities in the event of bankruptcy or the taxation of municipal securities as a result of legislation or litigation. For example, under federal law, certain issuers of municipal securities may be authorized in certain circumstances to initiate bankruptcy proceedings without prior notice to or the consent of creditors. Such action could result in material adverse changes in the rights of holders of the securities. In addition, litigation challenging the validity under the state constitutions of present systems of financing public education has been initiated or adjudicated in a number of states, and legislation has been introduced to effect changes in public school finances in some states. In other instances, there has been litigation challenging the issuance of pollution control revenue bonds or the validity of their issuance under state or federal law, which ultimately could affect the validity of those municipal securities or the tax-free nature of the interest thereon.

Municipal securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest, which may be exempt from federal income tax and, typically, personal income tax of a state or locality. Some municipal securities are taxable. These securities are issued by state and local governments and instrumentalities thereof that pay interest that is not exempt from federal income tax. States and municipalities issue taxable instruments for various reasons, relating in some cases to the nature of the project being financed and to various specific ceilings on debt issuance in others. The rate of interest payable on such instruments typically reflects its taxable nature.

Non-Publicly Traded Securities and Private Placements. A fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated

transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by a fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, a fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.

Options Contracts generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.

A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer’s losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset in part by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by a fund will be covered, which means that a fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.

A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options a fund writes will be covered, which means that a fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for a fund. However, in return for the option premium, a fund accepts the risk that they may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.

A fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which they may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which they may invest. In addition, a fund may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. A fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as “closing purchase transactions.” A fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options they have purchased or wrote.

An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.

Options trading involves additional risks because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that options trading may involve. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.

A fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of a fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.

Promissory Notes are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.

Puts are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or “put provider.” When a fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon a fund’s attempt to exercise the put, a fund may have to treat the security’s final maturity as its effective maturity. If that occurs, the security’s price may be negatively impacted, and its sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share price volatility for a fund. This also could lengthen a fund’s overall average effective maturity. Standby commitments are types of puts.

Quality of Fixed Income Investments will be principally investment-grade for a fund’s assets. Investment-grade quality securities are rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories (within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing) or have been determined to be of equivalent quality by the investment adviser or sub-adviser. Sometimes an investment-grade quality security may be downgraded to a below investment-grade quality rating. If a security no longer has at least one investment-quality rating from an NRSRO, the investment adviser would reanalyze the security in light of the downgrade and determine whether a fund should continue to hold the security. However, such downgrade would not require the investment adviser or sub-advisers to sell the security on behalf of a fund. Sometimes lower-quality securities may be downgraded to an even lower quality. The investment adviser may also elect to purchase high-yield securities that are rated (at the time of purchase) B or higher or the equivalent by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, Inc. or are determined to be of similar investment quality by the investment manager.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 95% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.

Like any investment in real estate, a REIT’s performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants’ failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT’s performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties.

In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long-term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.

Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than—and at times will perform differently from—large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT’s expenses in addition to their proportionate share of a fund’s expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer’s holding period. Any repurchase agreements a fund enters into will involve a fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short — from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause a fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. A fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement’s seller, a fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of

income. A fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.

Restricted Securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Restricted securities may be considered to be liquid if an institutional or other market exists for these securities. In making this determination, a fund, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees, will take into account the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). To the extent a fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, the general level of illiquidity in a fund’s portfolio may be increased if qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these securities.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls may be used by a fund. A fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If a fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose a fund to a greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value on a fund’s portfolio’s securities. Because a fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, a fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.

A fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which a fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during the roll period, a fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time a fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by a fund.

The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by a fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since a fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to a fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that a fund’s use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.

Securities Lending of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, a fund may receive cash collateral and may invest it in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities.

A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit,

cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) a fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) a fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of a fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).

Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security’s voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer’s corporate governance policies or structure.

Securities of Other Investment Companies. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders’ money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis; (2) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange; and (3) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares. Certain open-end funds, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are traded on exchanges.

Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance. These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.

The funds may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. A fund may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause a fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.

Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the funds an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds a fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying fund.

Under the terms of the exemptive order, each fund and its affiliates may not control a non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment is made.

Short Sales may be used by a fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. A fund may engage in short sales that are either “against the box” or “uncovered.” A short sale is “against the box” if at all times during which the short position is open, a fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. “Uncovered” short sales are transactions under which a fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, a fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, a fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. A fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, a fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until a fund replaces the borrowed securities.

A fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If a fund sells securities short “against the box,” it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

A fund’s obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, a fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.

Sinking Funds may be established by bond issuers to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of bondholders’ principal raised through a bond issuance. By creating a sinking fund, the issuer is able to spread repayment of principal to numerous bondholders while reducing reliance on its then current cash flows. A sinking fund also may allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or repurchase certain of its bonds at a call price named in a bond’s sinking fund provision. This call provision will allow bonds to be prepaid or called prior to a bond’s maturity. The likelihood of this occurring is substantial during periods of falling interest rates.

Small-Cap Stocks include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small-cap company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-cap companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional

ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small-cap company stocks pay low or no dividends.

These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small-cap company’s stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and a fund’s positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of a fund’s investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.

Spread Transactions may be used for hedging or managing risk. A fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives the fund the right to put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relation to another security that the fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to the fund in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.

Stock Substitution Strategy is a strategy, whereby each Schwab Equity Index Fund may, in certain circumstances, substitute a similar stock for a security in its index.

Stripped Securities are securities whose income and principal components are detached and sold separately. While risks associated with stripped securities are similar to other fixed income securities, stripped securities are typically subject to greater changes in value. U.S. Treasury securities that have been stripped by the Federal Reserve Bank are obligations of the U.S. Treasury.

Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of the structured and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and therefore, may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the reference may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the reference; therefore, the value of such security may be very volatile. Structured and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the reference. Structured or indexed securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities or more traditional debt securities.

Swap Agreements are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products in which two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities (referred to as the “underlying”) and a predetermined amount (referred to as the “notional amount”). The underlying for a swap may be an interest rate (fixed or floating), a currency exchange rate, a commodity price index, a security, group of securities or a securities index, a combination of any of these, or various other rates, assets or indices. Swap agreements generally do not involve the delivery of the underlying or

principal, and a party’s obligations generally are equal to only the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the swap agreement.

Swap agreements can be structured to increase or decrease a fund’s exposure to long or short term interest rates, corporate borrowing rates and other conditions, such as changing security prices and inflation rates. They also can be structured to increase or decrease a fund’s exposure to specific issuers or specific sectors of the bond market such as mortgage securities. For example, if a fund agreed to pay a longer-term fixed rate in exchange for a shorter-term floating rate while holding longer-term fixed rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease a fund’s exposure to longer-term interest rates. Swap agreements tend to increase or decrease the overall volatility of a fund’s investments and its share price and yield. Changes in interest rates, or other factors determining the amount of payments due to and from a fund, can be the most significant factors in the performance of a swap agreement. If a swap agreement calls for payments from a fund, a fund must be prepared to make such payments when they are due. To help minimize risks, a fund will earmark or segregate appropriate assets for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed under the terms of a swap agreement entered into on a net basis. All other swap agreements will require a fund to earmark or segregate assets in the amount of the accrued amounts owed under the swap. A fund could sustain losses if a counterparty does not perform as agreed under the terms of the swap. A fund will enter into swap agreements with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the investment adviser.

In addition, the funds may invest in swaptions, which are privately-negotiated option-based derivative products. Swaptions give the holder the right to enter into a swap. A fund may use a swaption in addition to or in lieu of a swap involving a similar rate or index.

For purposes of applying a fund’s investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the prospectuses and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the funds at market value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by a fund (i.e., where the fund is selling credit default protection), however, the fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the funds for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.

Temporary Defensive Investments. During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each of the Schwab Active Equity Funds, Schwab Balanced Fund and each of the Schwab Target Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations.

U.S. Government Securities are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA or Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Others are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Of course U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.

On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S. Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under this agreement, the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100 billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. This is intended to ensure that the

instrumentalities maintain a positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of receivership. Additionally, the U.S. Treasury has implemented a temporary program to purchase new mortgage-backed securities issued by the instrumentalities. This is intended to create more affordable mortgage rates for homeowners, enhance the liquidity of the mortgage market and potentially maintain or increase the value of existing mortgage-backed securities. The program expired in December 2009. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.

Variable- and Floating-Rate Debt Securities pay an interest rate, which is adjusted either periodically or at specific intervals or which floats continuously according to a formula or benchmark. Although these structures generally are intended to minimize the fluctuations in value that occur when interest rates rise and fall, some structures may be linked to a benchmark in such a way as to cause greater volatility to the security’s value.

Some variable-rate securities may be combined with a put or demand feature (variable-rate demand securities) that entitles the holder to the right to demand repayment in full or to resell at a specific price and/or time. While the demand feature is intended to reduce credit risks, it is not always unconditional, and may make the securities more difficult to sell quickly without losses. There are risks involved with these securities because there may be no active secondary market for a particular variable-rate demand security purchased by a fund. In addition, the fund may exercise its demand rights only at certain times. The fund could also suffer losses in the event that the issuer defaults on its obligation.

Wrap Agreements may be entered into by a fund with insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions (“wrapper providers”). A wrap agreement typically obligates the wrapper provider to maintain the value of the assets covered under the agreement (“covered assets”) up to a specified maximum dollar amount upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The value is pre-determined using the purchase price of the securities plus interest at a specified rate minus an adjustment for any defaulted securities. The specified interest rate may be adjusted periodically under the terms of the agreement. While the rate typically will reflect movements in the market rates of interest, it may at times be less or more than the actual rate of income earned on the covered assets. The rate also can be impacted by defaulted securities and by purchase and redemption levels in the fund. The fund also pays a fee under the agreement, which reduces the rate as well.

Wrap agreements may be used as a risk management technique intended to help minimize fluctuations in the fund’s NAV. However, the fund’s NAV will typically fluctuate at least minimally, and may fluctuate more at times when interest rates are fluctuating. Additionally, wrap agreements do not protect against losses the fund may incur if the issuers of portfolio securities do not make timely payments of interest and/or principal. A wrap agreement provider also could default on its obligations under the agreement. Therefore, the fund will only invest in a wrap provider with an investment-grade credit rating. There is no active trading market for wrap agreements and none is expected to develop. Therefore, wrap agreements are considered illiquid investments. There is no guarantee that the fund will be able to purchase any wrap agreements or replace ones that defaulted. Wrap agreements are valued using procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. There are risks that the value of a wrap agreement may not be sufficient to minimize the fluctuations in the fund’s NAV. All of these factors might result in a decline in the value of the fund’s shares.

Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon, and Pay-in-Kind Securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accruing that year. To continue to qualify as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under the Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income

and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

Investment Limitations

Schwab Active Equity Funds

The following investment limitations may be changed only by vote of a majority of each fund’s outstanding voting shares:

Each fund may not:

(1)		Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2)		Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3)		Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4)		Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5)		Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

In addition, each of the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab International Core Equity Fund, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, and Schwab Hedged Equity Fund may not:

(1)		Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

In addition, each of the Schwab Financial Services Fund and the Schwab Health Care Fund:

Will concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time. The Schwab Financial Services Fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the financial services sector. The Schwab Health Care Fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the health care sector.

The following are non-fundamental investment policies and restrictions, and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.

Each fund may not:

(1)		Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2)		Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3)		Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(4)		Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5)		Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(6)		Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

In addition, the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab International Core Equity Fund, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Financial Services Fund and Schwab Health Care Fund may not:

(1)

Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

In addition, each of the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, and Schwab International Core Equity Fund may not:

(1)

In addition, the Schwab Core Equity Fund may not:

(1)

Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total

assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the fund may purchase securities to the extent that the S&P 500^® is also so concentrated).

In addition, the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund may not:

(1)

Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the fund may purchase securities to the extent that the Russell 2000^® Index is also so concentrated).

In addition, the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund may not:

(1)		Borrow money, except that the fund may (i) borrow money (A) for temporary or emergency purposes or (B) from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets.

(2)		Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the fund may purchase securities to the extent that the S&P 500^® is also so concentrated).

Schwab Equity Index Funds

The following investment limitations may be changed only by vote of a majority of each fund’s outstanding voting shares:

Each of the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®, and Schwab International Index Fund^® may not:

(1)		Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2)		Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3)		Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4)		Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6)		Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7)

Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

In addition, each of the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^® and Schwab International Index Fund^® may not:

(1)

Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, including any exemptive relief granted by the SEC.

In addition, the Schwab S&P 500 Fund may not:

(1)

Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

In addition, the Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund may not:

(1)

Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^® may not:

(1)		Purchase securities of any issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

(2)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

(3)		(i) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts, futures or real estate; (ii) lend or borrow money; (iii) issue senior securities; (iv) underwrite securities; or (v) pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

The following are non-fundamental investment policies and restrictions, and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.

Each fund may not:

(1)		Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2)		Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3)		Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this

		amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(4)		Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(5)		Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that each fund may purchase securities to the extent that its index is also so concentrated).

(6)		Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that each fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(7)		Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

In addition, the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®

(1)

Intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab Small-Cap Index.

In addition, the Schwab International Index Fund^{^®}

(1)

Intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab International Index.

In addition, the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^® may not:

(1)

Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios^{^®}

The following investment limitations may be changed only by vote of a majority of each portfolio’s outstanding voting shares:

The All Equity Portfolio may not:

(1)		Purchase securities of any issuer unless consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

(2)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

(3)		(i) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate, (ii) lend or borrow money; (iii) issue senior securities; (iv) underwrite securities; or (v) pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder.

Each of the Growth Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio and Conservative Portfolio may not:

(1)		Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3)		Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4)		Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, including any exemptive relief granted by the SEC.

(5)		Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6)		Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7)		Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(8)		Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

The following are non-fundamental investment policies and restrictions, and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.

Each portfolio may not:

(1)		Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2)		Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts and options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3)		Borrow money except that the portfolio may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do

		not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(4)		Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(5)		Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

(6)		Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(7)		Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the portfolio may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

In addition, the All Equity Portfolio may not:

(1)

Schwab Balanced Fund™:

The following investment limitations may be changed only by vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting shares:

The fund may not:

1)		Purchase securities of any issuer unless consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

2)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

3)		Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate, lend or borrow money, issue senior securities, underwrite securities, or pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder.

The following investment policies and restrictions are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.

The fund may not:

1)		Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

2)		Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

3)		Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

4)		Purchase securities on margin, except such short term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

5)		Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

6)		Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

7)		Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

8)		Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

Schwab Target Funds

The following investment policies and restrictions may be changed only by a vote of a majority of each fund’s outstanding voting shares:

Each fund may not:

(1)		Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2)		Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3)		Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4)		Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5)		Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6)		Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7)		Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

The following investment policies and restrictions are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees.

Each fund may not:

(1)		Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(2)		Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(3)		Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(4)		Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (1) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs); (2) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts; and (3) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(5)		Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(6)		Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(7)		Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

The following descriptions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above policies and restrictions.

Borrowing. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a “senior security” within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a fund’s investment restriction.

Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company’s total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.

Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a “diversified company,” as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer’s voting securities would be held by the fund.

Lending. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.

Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Each fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of a fund’s Board of Trustees.

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits each fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are “covered” or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.

Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. The foregoing restriction does not apply to non-diversified funds.

Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund’s acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

The funds are overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of each fund. The trustees met 8 times during the most recent fiscal year.

Certain trustees are “interested persons.” A trustee is considered an interested person of a trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”) or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (“Schwab”). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of a trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of the funds’ investment adviser and distributor.

Each of the officers and/or trustees also serves in the same capacity as described for the trusts, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds and Schwab Annuity Portfolios. Except as specifically noted below, as used herein the term “Family of Investment Companies” collectively refers to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Capital Trust which, as of February 1, 2010, included 77 funds.

The tables below provide information about the trustees and officers for the trusts, which includes funds in this SAI. The “Fund Complex” includes The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Laudus Trust, Laudus Institutional Trust and Schwab Strategic Trust. As of February 1, 2010, the Fund Complex included 85 funds. The address of each individual listed below is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105.


NAME, YEAR OF
BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH		NUMBER OF
THE TRUST;		PORTFOLIOS IN
(TERM OF OFFICE	PRINCIPAL	FUND COMPLEX
AND LENGTH OF	OCCUPATIONS DURING	OVERSEEN BY		OTHER
TIME SERVED¹)	THE PAST FIVE YEARS	THE TRUSTEE		DIRECTORSHIPS
Independent Trustees

Mariann Byerwalter 1960 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2000.)	Chairman of JDN Corporate Advisory LLC.		77	Board 1 – Director, Redwood Trust, Inc.

John F. Cogan 1947 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2008.)	Senior Fellow: The Hoover Institution at Stanford University (Oct. 1979 – present); Senior Fellow Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research; Professor of Public Policy, Stanford University (Sept. 1994 – present).		77	Board 1 – Director, Gilead Sciences, Inc. Board 2 – Director, Venture Lending and Leasing, Inc.


NAME, YEAR OF
BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH		NUMBER OF
THE TRUST;		PORTFOLIOS IN
(TERM OF OFFICE	PRINCIPAL	FUND COMPLEX
AND LENGTH OF	OCCUPATIONS DURING	OVERSEEN BY		OTHER
TIME SERVED¹)	THE PAST FIVE YEARS	THE TRUSTEE		DIRECTORSHIPS
William A. Hasler 1941 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2000.)	Dean Emeritus, Haas School of Business, University of California, Berkeley (July 1998 – present).		77	Board 1 – Director, Mission West Properties. Board 2 – Director, TOUSA. Board 3 – Director, Harris-Stratex Networks. Board 4 – Director, Globalstar, Inc. Board 5 – Director, Ditech Networks Corp.

Gerald B. Smith 1950 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2000.)	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Smith Graham & Co. (investment advisors) (1990 –present).		77	Board 1 – Cooper Industries (Lead Independent Director). Board 2 – Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, Oneok Partners LP. Board 3 – Director, Oneok, Inc.

Donald R. Stephens 1938 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust since 1993 and Schwab Investments since 1991.)	Managing Partner, D.R. Stephens & Company (investments) (1973 – present).		77	None.

Joseph H. Wender 1944 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2008.)	Senior Consultant, Goldman Sachs & Co., Inc. (Jan. 2008- present); Partner, Colgin Partners, LLC (vineyards) (February 1998 – present); Senior Director, Chairman of the Finance Committee, GSC Group(July 2005 – Dec. 2007); General Partner, Goldman Sachs & Co., Inc. (Oct. 1982 – June 2005).		77	Board 1 – Board Member and Chairman of the Audit Committee, Isis Pharmaceuticals

Michael W. Wilsey 1943 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust since 1993 and Schwab Investments since 1991.)	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Wilsey Bennett, Inc. (real estate investment and management, and other investments).		77	None.

Interested Trustees


NAME, YEAR OF
BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH		NUMBER OF
THE TRUST;		PORTFOLIOS IN
(TERM OF OFFICE	PRINCIPAL	FUND COMPLEX
AND LENGTH OF	OCCUPATIONS DURING	OVERSEEN BY		OTHER
TIME SERVED¹)	THE PAST FIVE YEARS	THE TRUSTEE		DIRECTORSHIPS
Charles R. Schwab² 1937 Chairman and Trustee (Chairman and Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust since 1993 and Schwab Investments since 1991.)	Founded Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. in 1971 and became Chairman in 1978. Since 1986, Chairman and Director, The Charles Schwab Corporation. Since 1989, Director, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., and appointed as Chairman in 1991. Since 1996, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Schwab (SIS) Holdings Inc. I and Schwab International Holdings, Inc. Since 1999, Director and Chief Executive Officer, Schwab Holdings, Inc. Since 2003, Chairman, Charles Schwab Bank, N. A. Through June 2007, Director, U.S. Trust Company, N. A., U.S. Trust Corporation, United States Trust Company of New York. Until October 2008, Chief Executive Officer, The Charles Schwab Corporation, and the Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.		77	None.

Walter W. Bettinger II² 1960 Trustee (Trustee of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2008.)	As of October 2008, President and Chief Executive Officer, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., principal underwriter to the Funds, and The Charles Schwab Corporation. Since October 2008, Director, The Charles Schwab Corporation. Since May 2008, Director, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. and Schwab Holdings, Inc. Since 2006, Director, Charles Schwab Bank. From 2004 through 2007, Executive Vice President and President, Schwab Investor Services. From 2004 through 2005, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Individual Investor Enterprise, and		77	None.
	from 2002 through 2004, Executive Vice President, Corporate Services. Until October 2008, President and Chief Operating Officer, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. and The Charles Schwab Corporation.


NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF TIME		PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE
SERVED³)		YEARS
OFFICERS

Randall W. Merk 1954 President and Chief Executive Officer (Officer of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2007.)		Executive Vice President and President, Investment Management Services, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (August 2004 – present); Executive Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (2002 – present); Director, President and Chief Executive Officer, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (August 2007-present); Director, Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited and Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds PLC (Sept. 2002 – present). Trustee (June 2006 – Dec. 2009), President and Chief Executive Officer (July 2007 — March 2008), Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust; President and Chief Executive Officer, Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds, Inc. and Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006 - June 2007).

George Pereira 1964 Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Officer of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2004.)		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (November 2004 – present); Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust (2006 – present); Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer, Schwab Strategic Trust (Oct. 2009 – present); Director, Charles Schwab Worldwide Fund, PLC and Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland) Limited (Sept. 2002 – present); Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds, Inc., and Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006- June 2007).

Koji E. Felton 1961 Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (Officer of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 1998.)		Senior Vice President, Chief Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (July 2000 – present); Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (June 1998 – present); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, Schwab Strategic Trust (Oct. 2009-present);Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds, Inc., and Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006-June 2007); Chief Legal Officer, Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust(Aug. 2006-Dec. 2006).

Catherine MacGregor 1964 Vice President (Officer of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2005)		Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (July 2005-present); Vice President (Dec. 2005-present), Chief Legal Officer and Clerk (March 2007-present) of Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust. Since 2009; Vice President of Schwab Strategic Trust (Oct. 2009-present).

Michael Haydel 1972 Vice President (Officer of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab Investments since 2006)		Vice President, Asset Management Client Services, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (2004-present); Vice President (Sept. 2005-present), Anti-Money Laundering Officer (Oct. 2005-Feb. 2009), Laudus Trust, Laudus Institutional Trust; Vice President, Schwab Strategic Trust (Oct. 2009-present).


1		Trustees remain in office until they resign, retire or are removed by shareholder vote. The Schwab Funds^® retirement policy requires that independent trustees elected after January 1, 2000 retire at age 72 or after twenty years as a trustee, whichever comes first. Independent trustees elected prior to January 1, 2000 will retire on the following schedule: Messrs. Stephens and Wilsey will retire on December 31, 2010.

2		Mr. Schwab and Mr. Bettinger are Interested Trustees because they are employees of Schwab and/or the adviser. In addition to their employment with the investment adviser and the distributor, Messrs. Schwab and Bettinger also own stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation.

3		The President, Treasurer and Secretary hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.

Trustee Committees

The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:

• The Audit and Compliance Committee reviews the integrity of the Trust’s financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and the Trust’s overall system of internal controls. The Audit and Compliance Committee also reviews and evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees and currently has the following members: William A. Hasler (Chairman), Mariann Byerwalter and John F. Cogan. The charter directs that the Committee must meet four times annually, with additional meetings as the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee met 5 times during the most recent fiscal year.

• The Governance Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of Committees of the Board, and the training of Trustees. The Governance Committee is also responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as Trustees. The Governance Committee does not have a policy with respect to consideration of candidates for Trustee submitted by shareholders. However, if the Governance Committee determined that it would be in the best interests of the Trust to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, and a shareholder submitted a candidate for consideration by the Board of Trustees to fill the vacancy, the Governance Committee would evaluate that candidate. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees and currently has the following members: Michael W. Wilsey (Chairman), Mariann Byerwalter, John F. Cogan, and William A. Hasler. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee met 6 times during the most recent fiscal year.

• The Investment Oversight Committee reviews the investment activities of the Trust and the performance of the Funds’ investment advisers. This Committee is comprised of at least three Trustees (at least two-thirds of whom shall be Independent Trustees) and currently has the

following members: Gerald B. Smith (Chairman), Donald R. Stephens, Joseph H. Wender, and Michael W. Wilsey. The charter directs that the Committee meet at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee met 6 times during the most recent fiscal year.

• The Marketing, Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Committee reviews matters relating to the marketing of the Funds’ shares; oversees the quality and cost of shareholder services provided to the Trust and their shareholders pursuant to the shareholder servicing and/or administrative service plans; oversees the Trust’s distribution-related arrangements, including the distribution-related services provided to the Trust and its shareholders; and reviews new products and changes to existing products. This Committee is comprised of at least two Trustees (at least two-thirds of whom shall be Independent Trustees) and currently has the following members: Donald R. Stephens (Chairman), Gerald B. Smith, and Joseph H. Wender. The charter directs that the Committee meet at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee met 5 times during the most recent fiscal year.

Trustee Compensation

The following table provides trustee compensation for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2009. Certain information provided relates to the Fund Complex, which included 79 funds as of October 31, 2009.


			Pension or
	($)		Retirement		($)
	Aggregate Compensation		Benefits		Total
	From:		Accrued as		Compensation
	Schwab Capital	Schwab	Part of Fund		from Fund
Name of Trustee	Trust	Investments	Expenses		Complex
Interested Trustees
Charles R. Schwab	0	0	N/A		0
Walt Bettinger	0	0	N/A		0
Independent Trustees
Mariann Byerwalter	$ 56,270.55	$ 25,888.70	$ 16,746.00	¹	$ 295,001.00
John F. Cogan	$ 56,270.55	$ 25,888.70	N/A		$ 236,001.00
William A. Hasler	$ 56,270.55	$ 25,888.70	$ 16,746.00	¹	$ 295,001.00
Gerald B. Smith	$ 44,054.32	$ 20,555.04	N/A		$ 182,737.00
Donald R. Stephens	$ 56,729.32	$ 26,089.04	N/A		$ 238,001.00
Joseph H. Wender	$ 56,729.32	$ 26,089.04	N/A		$ 238,001.00
Michael W. Wilsey	$ 52,166.55	$ 24,096.70	N/A		$ 218,112.00


¹		Cumulative.

For the fiscal year ending October 31, 2009, the following consulting fees were paid to each of Robert G. Holmes and Donald F. Dorward, former trustees of the trust :

Schwab Capital Trust: $6,702.72
Schwab Investments: $3,517.14
Fund Complex: $25,000

Messrs. Holmes and Dorward retired from the Board of Trustees on December 31, 2007.

Securities Beneficially Owned By Each Trustee

The following tables show the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee in each fund and the aggregate dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2009. Except as indicated below, as of December 31, 2009, the Family of Investment Companies included 77 funds.

Aggregate

Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of a Fund

Dollar Range of

Schwab

Trustee

Large-

Schwab

Small-

Schwab

Finan-

Schwab

Ownership in

Cap

Premier

Core

Dividend

Cap

Hedged

cial

Health

the Family of

Growth

Equity

Services

Care

Investment

Name of Trustee

Fund

Companies

Interested Trustees

Charles R. Schwab

Over $100,000

None

Over $100,000

None

Over $100,000

Walt Bettinger

$0- $10,000

$0-$10,000

$0- $10,000

None

Over $100,000

Independent Trustees

Mariann Byerwalter

None

$50,001-$100,000

William Hasler

$50,000- $100,000

None

Over $100,000

Gerald B. Smith

None

Over $100,000

Donald R. Stephens

None

Over $100,000

Michael W. Wilsey

None

$50,001-$100,000

None

Over $100,000

John F. Cogan

None

Over $100,000

Joseph H. Wender

None

Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of a Fund

Aggregate

Schwab

Dollar Range of

Total

Schwab

Trustee

Schwab

Stock

Interna-

Market

Ownership in

S&P 500

1000

Small-Cap

Market

tional

Track

the Family of

Name of

Index

All Equity

Growth

Investment

Trustee

Fund

Portfolio

Companies

Interested Trustees

Charles R. Schwab

$10,001-$50,000

Over $100,000

None

Over $100,000

$50,001-$100,000

Over $100,000

Walt Bettinger

None

$10,001-$50,000

None

Over $100,000

Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of a Fund

Aggregate

Schwab

Dollar Range of

Total

Schwab

Trustee

Schwab

Stock

Interna-

Market

Ownership in

S&P 500

1000

Small-Cap

Market

tional

Track

the Family of

Name of

Index

All Equity

Growth

Investment

Trustee

Fund

Portfolio

Companies

Independent Trustees

Mariann Byerwalter

None

$10,001-$50,000

None

$50,001-$100,000

William Hasler

None

$50,001-$100,000

None

Over $100,000

Gerald B. Smith

None

Over $100,000

Donald R. Stephens

None

Over $100,000

Michael W. Wilsey

Over $100,000

None

Over $100,000

John F. Cogan

None

$10,001-$50,000

None

Over $100,000

Joseph H. Wender

None

Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of a Fund

Aggregate

Schwab

Dollar Range of

Schwab

Market

Interna-

Trustee

Market

Track

tional

Ownership in

Track

Conser-

Core

Schwab

Target

the Family of

Name of

Balanced

vative

Equity

Balanced

2010

2015

2020

Investment

Trustee

Portfolio

Fund

Companies

Interested Trustees

Charles R. Schwab

None

Over $100,000

None

Over $100,000

Walt Bettinger

None

Over $100,000

Independent Trustees

Mariann Byerwalter

None

$50,001-$100,00

William Hasler

None

Over $100,000

Gerald B. Smith

None

Over $100,000

Donald R. Stephens

None

Over $100,000

Michael W. Wilsey

None

Over $100,000

John F. Cogan

None

Over $100,000

Joseph H. Wender

None

Aggregate Dollar

Range of Trustee

Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of a Fund

Ownership in the

Target

Family of

Name of

2025

2030

2035

2040

Investment

Trustee

Fund

Companies*

Interested Trustees

Charles R. Schwab

None

Over $100,000

Walt Bettinger

None

Over $100,000

Independent Trustees

Mariann Byerwalter

None

$50,001-$100,000

William Hasler

None

Over $100,000

Gerald B. Smith

None

Over $100,000

Donald R. Stephens

None

Over $100,000

Michael W. Wilsey

None

Over $100,000

John F. Cogan

None

Over $100,000

Joseph H. Wender

None


*		For purposes of this table, the term “Family of Investment Companies” includes The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust, which consisted of 87 funds as of December 31, 2009.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Independent Trustees may enter into a fee deferral plan. Under this plan, deferred fees will be credited to an account established by a trust as of the date that such fees would have been paid to the trustee. The value of this account will equal the value that the account would have if the fees credited to the account had been invested in the shares of Schwab Funds^® selected by the trustee. Currently, none of the Independent Trustees has elected to participate in this plan.

Code of Ethics

The funds, the investment adviser and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics (Code) as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or the investment adviser or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of February 8, 2010, the officers and trustees of the trust, as a group owned of record, directly or beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the funds.

Persons who owned of record or beneficially more than 25% of a fund’s outstanding shares may be deemed to control the fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. Shareholders controlling the fund could have the ability to vote a majority of the shares of the fund on any matter requiring the approval of shareholders of the fund.

As of February 1, 2010, the following represents persons or entities that owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any class of the listed funds:


Fund	Name and Address	% owned
Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		99.3	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

Schwab Premier Equity Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		98.5	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

Schwab Core Equity Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		94.0	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		97.9	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		97.7	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		88.1	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

	NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC		9.7	%
	200 LIBERTY STREET
	ONE WORLD FINANCIAL CENTER
	NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

Schwab Financial Services Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		88.7	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

	NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC		5.1	%
	200 LIBERTY STREET
	ONE WORLD FINANCIAL CENTER
	NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

Schwab Health Care Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		91.7	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB & CO		98.0	%
	101 MONTGOMERY ST
	SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151


Fund	Name and Address	% owned
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund	SCHWAB TARGET 2030 FUND		7.9	%¹
	211 Main St,
	SAN FRANCISCO CA

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund	SCHWAB TARGET 2040		6.9	%¹
	211 Main St,
	SAN FRANCISCO CA

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund	SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORT		9.8	%¹
	211 Main St,
	SAN FRANCISCO CA

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund	SCHWAB MARKETTRACK ALL EQUITY		9.5	%¹
	211 Main St,
	SAN FRANCISCO CA

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund	CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST DCC&S		7.9	%¹
	215 FREMONT ST FL 6
	SAN FRANCISCO CA

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund	SCHWAB MARKETTRACK BALANCED PO		5.4	%¹
	211 Main St,
	SAN FRANCISCO CA

Schwab Total Stock Market	CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST DCC&S		8.7	%¹
Index Fund	215 FREMONT ST FL 6
	SAN FRANCISCO CA


¹		These shares are held within the Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. account listed elsewhere in the table. The shares held by the Charles Schwab Trust Company are held for the benefit of its customers.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Investment Adviser

CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, 211 Main Street, San Francisco CA 94105, serves as the funds’ investment adviser and administrator pursuant to Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements (Advisory Agreement) between it and each trust. Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab), 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is an affiliate of the investment adviser and is the trusts’ distributor and shareholder services paying agent. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman and Director of The Charles Schwab Corporation. As a result of his ownership of and interests in The Charles Schwab Corporation, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of the investment adviser and Schwab.

Advisory Agreement

The continuation of a fund’s Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreement or “interested persons” of any party (the “Independent Trustees”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Each year, the Board of Trustees calls and holds a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the trusts and CSIM with respect to existing funds in the trusts. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by the funds’ investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the Independent Trustees receive advice from counsel to the Independent Trustees.

As described below, the investment adviser is entitled to receive from each fund, except the Schwab Balanced Fund and Schwab Target Funds, an annual fee, payable monthly, for its advisory and administrative services to each fund. Effective July 1, 2009, these fees were reduced as described below.

The table below sets forth the advisory fees paid by the funds to the investment adviser for the past three fiscal years or, if shorter, the period of the fund’s operations. The figures in the “net fees paid” row represent the actual amounts paid to the investment adviser, which include the effect of any reductions due to the application of a fund’s expense limitation (“expense cap”). The figures in the “gross fees reduced by” row represent the amount, if any, the advisory fees payable to the investment adviser were reduced due to the application of a fund’s expense cap.

The expense cap is not intended to cover all fund expenses, and a fund’s expenses may exceed the expense cap. For example, the expense cap does not cover investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions, interest, taxes and the fees and expenses of pooled investment vehicles, such as ETFs, REITs, and other investment companies, that are held by the funds, nor does it cover extraordinary or non-routine expenses, such as shareholder meeting costs.


Fund and Advisory Fee Schedule		2009	2008	2007	Expense Cap
Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund 0.72% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.87% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.85% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion;	Net fees paid:	$3,163,000	$4,628,000	$3,627,000	Effective May 5, 2009: Investor Shares and Select Shares: 0.99%¹ Prior to May 5, 2009: Investor Shares: 1.20%² Select Shares: 0.99%²
0.83% of such net assets over $1 billion but not in excess of $2 billion; 0.81% of such net assets over $2 billion prior to July 1, 2009	Gross fees reduced by:	$61,000	$2,000	$0


Fund and Advisory Fee Schedule		2009	2008	2007	Expense Cap
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.775% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.77% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; 0.76% of such net assets over $1 billion prior to July 1, 2009	Net fees paid:	$8,291,000	$13,362,000	$14,246,000	Effective May 5, 2009: Investor Shares and Select Shares: 0.89%¹ Prior to May 5, 2009: Investor Shares: 1.10%² Select Shares: 0.95%²
	Gross fees reduced by:	$42,000	$0	$0

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund 0.81% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.975% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.93% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; 0.91% of such net assets over $1 billion prior to July 1, 2009	Net fees paid:	$1,645,000	$3,812,000	$9,349,000	Effective May 5, 2009: Investor Shares and Select Shares: 1.12%¹ Prior to May 5, 2009: Investor Shares: 1.30%² Select Shares: 1.12%²
	Gross fees reduced by:	$62,000	$0	$0


Fund and Advisory Fee Schedule		2009	2008	2007	Expense Cap
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund 0.06% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.15% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.09% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion; 0.08% of such daily net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion; and 0.07% of such net assets over $10 billion prior to May 5, 2009	Net fees paid:	$3,376,000	$6,515,000	$7,448,000	Effective May 5, 2009: Investor Shares, Select Shares and e.Shares: 0.09%¹ Prior to May 5, 2009: Investor Shares: 0.37%² Select Shares: 0.19%² e.Shares: 0.28%²
	Gross fees reduced by:	$933,000	$0	$0

Schwab 1000 Index Fund 0.30% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.22% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $5 billion, 0.20% of such net assets over $5 billion but not in excess of $10 billion and 0.18% of such net assets over $10 billion.	Net fees paid:	$7,818,000	$13,558,000	$15,526,000	Effective May 5, 2009: Investor Shares and Select Shares: 0.29%¹ Prior to May 5, 2009: Investor Shares: 0.51%² Select Shares: 0.36%²
	Gross fees reduced by:	$1,124,000	$0	$0


Fund and Advisory Fee Schedule		2009	2008	2007	Expense Cap
Schwab International Index Fund 0.15% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.43% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million and 0.38% of such net assets over $500 million prior to July 1, 2009	Net fees paid:	$2,522,000	$6,975,000	$7,366,000	Effective May 5, 2009: Investor Shares and Select Shares: 0.19%¹ Prior to May 5, 2009: Investor Shares: 0.69%² Select Shares: 0.50%²
	Gross fees reduced by:	$981,000	$96,000	$0

Schwab Market Track All Equity Portfolio 0.23% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.44% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.39% of such net assets over $500 million prior to July 1, 2009	Net fees paid: Gross fees reduced by:	$753,000 698,000	$1,201,000 $1,402,000	$1,286,000 $1,299,000	Investor Shares: 0.50%^{3, 4}
	Net fees paid: Gross fees reduced by:
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio 0.23% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009 0.44% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.39% of such net assets over $500 million prior to July 1, 2009	Net fees paid: Gross fees reduced by:	$1,074,000 $813,000	$1,554,000 $1,537,000	$1,747,000 $1,553,000	Investor Shares: 0.50%^{3, 4} P Shares: 0.35%^{3, 4}


Fund and Advisory Fee Schedule		2009	2008	2007	Expense Cap
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio 0.23% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009	Net fees paid: Gross fees reduced by:	$807,000 $621,000	$1,129,000 $1,197,000	$1,243,000 $1,227,000	Investor Shares: 0.50%^{3, 4}
0.44% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.39% of such net assets over $500 million prior to July 1, 2009

Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio 0.23% of the fund’s average daily net assets effective July 1, 2009	Net fees paid:	$458,000	$689,000	$695,000	Investor Shares: 0.50%^{3, 4} P Shares: 0.35%^{3, 4}
0.44% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.39% of such net assets over $500 million prior to July 1, 2009	Gross fees reduced by:	$432,000	$796,000	$784,000

Schwab Balanced Fund The investment adviser does not receive a fee for the services it performs for the fund. However, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual management fee from each of the underlying funds.	Net fees paid:	$0	$126,000	$898,000	Investor Shares 0.00%^{3, 4}
	Gross fees reduced by:	$128,000	$197,000	$241,000

Prior to February 28, 2008, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.775% of the fund’s average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.75% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; and 0.725% of such net assets over $1 billion.	Fees paid to the sub-advisers by the investment adviser:		$205,994	$661,000


¹		Effective May 5, 2009, Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the “net operating expenses” of the fund to this amount (excluding interest, taxes, certain non-routine expenses and expenses for dividends and interest paid on securities sold short) for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees.

²		Prior to May 5, 2009, Schwab and the investment adviser agreed to maintain the “net operating expenses” of the fund to this amount (excluding interest, taxes, certain non-routine expenses and expenses for dividends and interest paid on securities sold short) through February 27, 2011.

³		Effective July 1, 2009, Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the “net operating expenses” of the fund to this amount (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) for so long as the investment adviser serves as the adviser to the fund. This agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of the fund’s Board of Trustees. Effective December 10, 2009, the Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio no longer offered P Shares.

⁴		Prior to July 1, 2009, Schwab and the investment adviser agreed to maintain the “net operating expenses” of the fund to this amount (excluding interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) through February 27, 2011.

Schwab Target Funds

The investment adviser does not receive a fee for the services it performs for the funds. However, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual management fee from each of the underlying Schwab and Laudus funds.

Effective July 1, 2009, Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to maintain the “net operating expenses” of each of the funds (excluding inters, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) at 0.00% for so long as the investment adviser serves as adviser to the funds. This agreement is limited to each fund’s direct operating expenses and, therefore, does not apply to acquired fund fees and expenses, which are indirect expenses incurred by the fund through its investments in the underlying funds. This net operating

expense agreement may only be amended or terminated with the approval of a fund’s Board of Trustees. Prior to July 1, 2009, Schwab and the investment adviser agreed to maintain the “net operating expenses” of each of the funds at 0.00% through February 27, 2011.

Distributor

Pursuant to separate Amended and Restated Distribution Agreements between Schwab and each trust, Schwab is the principal underwriter for shares of the funds and is the trusts’ agent for the purpose of the continuous offering of the funds’ shares. The funds pay for prospectuses and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement.

Shareholder Servicing Plan

Each trust’s Board of Trustees has adopted a Shareholder Servicing Plan (the “Plan”) on behalf of certain funds of such trust. The Plan enables these funds, directly or indirectly through Schwab, to bear expenses relating to the provision by service providers, including Schwab, of certain shareholder services to the current shareholders of the funds (or classes of such funds). The trusts have appointed Schwab to act as their shareholder servicing fee paying agent under the Plan for the purpose of making payments to the service providers (other than Schwab) under the Plan. Pursuant to the Plan, each of the funds is subject to an annual shareholder servicing fee, as set forth below:


	Shareholder
Fund*	Servicing Fee
Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Premier Equity Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Core Equity Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Financial Services Fund		0.25	%
Schwab Health Care Fund		0.25	%
Schwab International Core Equity Fund		0.25	%
Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio		0.25	%
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio		0.25	%
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio—Investor Shares		0.25	%
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio—P Shares		0.10	%
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio—Investor Shares		0.25	%
Schwab 1000 Index Fund		0.10	%
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		0.02	%
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund		0.02	%
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund		0.02	%
Schwab International Index Fund		0.02	%


*		The Schwab Target Funds and Schwab Balanced Fund are not subject to any shareholder servicing fees under the Plan.

Pursuant to the Plan, the funds (or Schwab as paying agent) may pay Schwab or service providers that, pursuant to written agreements with Schwab, provide certain account maintenance, customer liaison and shareholder services to fund shareholders. Schwab and the other service providers may provide fund shareholders with the following shareholder services, among other shareholder services: (i) maintaining records for shareholders that hold shares of a fund; (ii) communicating with shareholders, including the

mailing of regular statements and confirmation statements, distributing fund-related materials, mailing prospectuses and reports to shareholders, and responding to shareholder inquiries; (iii) communicating and processing shareholder purchase, redemption and exchange orders; (iv) communicating mergers, splits or other reorganization activities to fund shareholders; and (v) preparing and filing tax information, returns and reports.

The shareholder servicing fee paid to a particular service provider is calculated at the annual rate set forth in the chart above and is based on the average daily net asset value of the fund (or class) shares owned by shareholders holding shares through such service provider. Payments under the Plan are made as described above regardless of Schwab’s or the service provider’s actual cost of providing the services. If the cost of providing the services under the Plan is less than the payments received, the unexpended portion of the fees may be retained as profit by Schwab or the service provider.

The Plan shall continue in effect for a fund for so long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the majority of both (i) the Board of Trustees of the trust and (ii) the Trustees of the trust who are not interested persons of the trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any agreements related to it (the “Qualified Trustees”). The Plan requires that Schwab or any person authorized to direct the disposition of monies paid or payable by the funds pursuant to the Plan furnish quarterly written reports of amounts spent under the Plan and the purposes of such expenditures to the Board of Trustees of the trusts for review. All material amendments to the Plan must be approved by votes of the majority of both (i) the Board of Trustees and (ii) the Qualified Trustees.

Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, serves as the funds’ transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the sale, redemption and transfer of the funds’ shares.

Custodians and Fund Accountant

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, MA, 02109 serves as custodian for the following funds:


Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund		Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund		Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund		Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio
Schwab Financial Services Fund		Schwab Target 2010 Fund
Schwab Health Care Fund		Schwab Target 2015 Fund
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		Schwab Target 2020 Fund
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund		Schwab Target 2025 Fund
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund		Schwab Target 2030 Fund
Schwab International Index Fund		Schwab Target 2035 Fund
		Schwab Target 2040 Fund
Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio

State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA, 02111, serves as custodian for the following funds:

Schwab Premier Equity Fund
Schwab Core Equity Fund
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund
Schwab International Core Equity Fund
Schwab 1000 Index Fund

Schwab Balanced Fund

State Street Bank and Trust Company also serves as fund accountant for all funds.

The custodians are responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the funds. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds’ transactions.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the funds and reviews certain regulatory reports and each fund’s federal income tax return. They may also perform other auditing, tax and advisory services when the trusts engage them to do so. Their address is 3 Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111. The funds’ audited financial statements from the funds’ annual reports for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009 and the Schwab Equity Index Funds’ annual full portfolio schedules from Item 6 on Form N-CSR, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

Legal Counsel

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP serves as counsel to the trusts.

Other Services

With respect to the Schwab Active Equity Funds, Schwab provides the investment adviser with quantitative analyses of the relative attractiveness of stocks in which these funds might invest. Pursuant to an agreement between the investment adviser and Schwab, the investment adviser pays Schwab a fixed annual fee for these services.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Other Accounts. Each portfolio manager (collectively referred to as the “Portfolio Managers”) is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of October 31, 2009.


	Registered Investment
	Companies
	(this amount includes the funds
	in this Statement of Additional				Other Pooled
	Information)				Investment Vehicles				Other Accounts
	Number				Number
	of				of		Total		Number of
Name	Accounts		Total Assets		Accounts		Assets		Accounts		Total Assets
Paul Alan Davis		5	$	2,861,688,047		0		0		0		0
Vivienne Hsu		3	$	609,261,466		0		0		0		0
Daniel Kern		15	$	2,508,773,628		0		0		0		0
Larry Mano		18	$	22,254,543,208		0		0		0		0
Ron Toll		12	$	17,775,075,384		0		0		0		0

Conflicts of Interest. A portfolio manager’s management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of a fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the

investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the “Other Managed Accounts”). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a fund, track the same index a fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by a fund. While the Portfolio Managers’ management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.

Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers’ day-to-day management of a fund. Because of their positions with a fund, the Portfolio Managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the Portfolio Managers could use this information to the advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a fund. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to index funds, which seek to track their benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the Portfolio Managers may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts, with those of a fund. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM’s aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a Portfolio Manager will not aggregate orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account’s order.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers’ management of a fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over a fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the Portfolio Managers receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed Accounts than the fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM’s policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account’s investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the Portfolio Managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for a fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account that they are otherwise buying for a fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for a fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.

Compensation. Schwab compensates each CSIM Portfolio Manager for his or her management of the funds. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of a fixed annual (“base”) salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual portfolio manager’s overall performance such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the firm’s overall investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contributions to the firm’s asset growth and business relationships. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which is designed to reward consistent and superior investment performance relative to established benchmarks and/or industry peer groups. The Plan is an annual incentive plan that, at the discretion of Executive Management, provides quarterly

advances against the corporate component of the Plan at a fixed rate that is standard for the portfolio manager’s level. Meanwhile, the portion of the incentive tied to fund performance is paid in its entirety following the end of the Plan year (i.e. the Plan does not provide advances against the portion of the Plan tied to fund performance) at management’s discretion based on their determination of whether funds are available under the Plan as well as factors such as the portfolio manager’s contribution to the firm’s overall investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contribution to the firm’s asset growth and business relationships.

The Plan consists of two independent funding components: fund investment performance and Schwab’s corporate performance. 75% of the funding is based on fund investment performance and 25% of the funding is based on Schwab’s corporate performance. Funding is pooled into separate incentive pools (one for Fixed Income portfolio managers, one for Equity portfolio managers, and one for Money Fund portfolio managers) and then allocated to the plan participants by CSIM senior management. This allocation takes into account fund performance as well as the portfolio manager’s leadership, teamwork, and contribution to CSIM goals and objectives.

• Fund Investment Performance

Investment Performance will be determined based on each fund’s performance relative to one of the following criteria: industry peer group/category, established benchmark or risk adjusted performance measure. The peer group/category or benchmark will be determined by the CSIM “Peer Group Committee” comprised of officer representation from CSIM Product Development, Fund Administration and SCFR (Schwab Center for Financial Research) and approved by CSIM’s President and CSIM’s Chief Investment Officer. The CSIM Peer Group Committee reviews peer groups and category classification on a regular basis in advance of each performance period. Peer groups and category rankings will be based on the statistical analysis. Performance relative to the fund’s benchmark will be measured on a sliding scale that will compensate Portfolio Managers more to the extent the funds performance exceeds the benchmark.

The risk adjusted performance measure utilizes annual ex-ante tracking-error guidelines, as set by the CSIM Investment Policy Committee, and then applies an information ratio adjustment to the value. An information ratio is a ratio of portfolio returns above the returns of a benchmark (usually an index) to the volatility of those returns. This ratio typically represents funds that have top third performance among peers in their category.

Passive Strategies

CSIM Performance Reporting will use gross performance comparisons to benchmark as the basis for Investment Fund Performance measurement for funds with passive investment strategies. The methodology will utilize ex-ante tracking-error as set by the CSIM Investment Policy Committee and reflect incentives to perform similar to the fund benchmark and minimizing fund tracking-error.

Active Strategies

CSIM Performance Reporting will use either peer group/category rankings or a performance measure relative to the fund’s benchmark as the basis for Investment Fund Performance measurement for funds with active investment strategies.

Calculations

At the close of the year, each fund’s performance will be determined by its 1-year and/or 1 and 3-year percentile standing within its designated benchmark/peer group/risk adjusted performance using standard statistical methods approved by CSIM senior management. The percentile standing will result in a single performance percentile number for each fund. As each participant may manage and/or support a number

of funds, there may be several fund performance percentiles for each participant considered in arriving at the annual incentive compensation funding.

•		Schwab Corporate Performance

		Schwab’s corporate plan (the “Corporate Plan”) is an annual plan, which provides for discretionary awards aligned with company and individual performance. Funding for the Corporate Plan is determined at the conclusion of the calendar year using a payout rate that is applied to Schwab’s pre-tax operating margin before variable compensation expense. The exact payout rate will vary and will be determined by Executive Management and recommended to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Schwab for final approval. Funding will be capped at 200% of the Corporate Plan.

Incentive Allocation

At year-end, the full-year funding for both components of the Plan will be pooled together. This total pool will then be allocated to plan participants by CSIM senior management based on their assessment of a variety of performance factors. Factors considered in the allocation process will include, but are not limited to, fund performance relative to benchmarks, individual performance against key objectives, contribution to overall group results, team work, and collaboration between analysts and portfolio managers.

The Portfolio Managers’ compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in a fund’s portfolio.

Ownership of Fund Shares. The following table shows the dollar amount range of the Portfolio Managers’ “beneficial ownership” of shares of the funds they manage as of October 31, 2009. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act.


Vivienne Hsu
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund		$10,001 - $50,000

Larry Mano
Schwab Premier Equity Fund		$1 - $10,000
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		$10,001 - $50,000

Paul Davis
Schwab Health Care Fund		$1 - $10,000
Schwab Premier Equity Fund		$1 - $10,000

Ron Toll
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		$10,001 - $50,000
Schwab Small Cap Index Fund		$10,001 - $50,000

Dan Kern
Schwab Target 2030 Fund		$10,001 - $50,000

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, a fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less (“short-term securities”) are excluded. Short positions that the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund intends to maintain for more than one year are included in the purchases and sales.

A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from short-term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.

Typically, funds with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions.

A fund’s portfolio turnover rate is in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.

The turnover rate for the Schwab Active Equity Funds is largely driven by the quantitative techniques used to help the funds construct their investment portfolio.

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure

The funds’ Board of Trustees has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds’ portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds’ investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the funds, its investment adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the president of the funds to authorize the release of the funds’ portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.

The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the fund’s policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided “early disclosure” (as defined below) of the fund’s portfolio holdings information.

A complete list of each fund’s portfolio holdings is published on the Schwab Funds website at www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus, under “Prospectuses and Reports”, typically 60-80 days after the end of each fund’s fiscal quarter. The portfolio holdings information available on the Schwab Funds’ website is the same that is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form N-Q or Form N-CSR. In addition, each fund’s top ten holdings list is posted on the Schwab Funds website monthly, typically with a 10-day lag. In addition to the top ten holdings information, the funds also provide on the website monthly information regarding certain attributes of a fund’s portfolio, such as a fund’s sector weightings, composition, credit quality and duration and maturity, as applicable. The information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.

Each fund may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and more frequently than the public disclosure of such information (“early disclosure”). The president may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the president of the funds determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the funds and that there are no conflicts of interest between the fund’s shareholders and fund’s adviser and distributor; and (b) the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the confidentiality of the information.

In addition, the funds’ service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information venders, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive early disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. Service providers will be subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information whether imposed by the provisions of the service provider’s contract with the trust or by the nature of its relationship with the trust.

The funds’ policies and procedures prohibit the funds, the funds’ investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

The funds may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information about the characteristics of a fund in connection with or relating to a fund or its portfolio securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund (which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio securities disclosure requirements outlined above.

Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most cases commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient in making a decision concerning a fund. Commentary and analysis includes, but is not limited to, the allocation of a fund’s portfolio securities and other investments among various asset classes, sectors, industries, and countries, the characteristics of the stock components and other investments of a fund, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry and country, and the volatility characteristics of a fund.

Portfolio Transactions

The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer’s underwriter, or a dealer. The funds do not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the funds pay to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which the funds may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter

market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the funds will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.

The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds’ portfolio transactions. The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to “market-on-close” pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser or the sub-advisers believe that VWAP execution is in a fund’s best interest. In addition, the investment adviser may have incentive sharing arrangements with certain unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.

The investment adviser may cause a fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: company financial data and economic data (e.g., unemployment, inflation rates and GDP figures), stock quotes, last sale prices and trading volumes, research reports analyzing the performance of a particular company or stock, narrowly distributed trade magazines or technical journals covering specific industries, products, or issuers, seminars or conferences registration fees which provide substantive content relating to eligible research, quantitative analytical software and software that provides analyses of securities portfolios, trading strategies and pre/post trade analytics, discussions with research analysts or meetings with corporate executives which provide a means of obtaining oral advice on securities, markets or particular issuers, short-term custody related to effecting particular transactions and clearance and settlement of those trades, lines between the broker-dealer and order management systems operated by a third party vendor, dedicated lines between the broker-dealer and the investment adviser’s order management system, dedicated lines providing direct dial-up service between the investment adviser and the trading desk at the broker-dealer, message services used to transmit orders to broker-dealers for execution, electronic communication of allocation instructions between institutions and broker-dealers, comparison services required by the SEC or another regulator (e.g., use of electronic confirmation and affirmation of institutional trades), exchange of messages among brokerage dealers, custodians, and institutions related to a trade, post-trade matching of trade information, routing settlement instructions to custodian banks and broker-dealers’ clearing agents, software that provides algorithmic trading strategies, and trading software operated by a broker-dealer to route orders to market centers or direct market access systems. The investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all client accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.

The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser and sub-advisers believe that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.

The investment adviser may purchase for funds new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.

The investment adviser and sub-advisers may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser and sub-advisers will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.

In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows procedures, adopted by the funds’ Board of Trustees, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.

PROXY VOTING

The Boards of Trustees of the trusts have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their Advisory Agreements. The trustees have adopted CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds portfolios. A description of CSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in Appendix B.

The trusts are required to disclose annually a fund’s complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. A fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30^th is available by visiting the Schwab website at www.schwabfunds.com/prospectus. A fund’s Form N-PX will also be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Brokerage Commissions

For each of the last three fiscal years, the funds paid the following brokerage commissions.


Funds	2009		2008			2007
Schwab Active Equity Funds
Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fundä	$	256,405	$	195,368		$	192,041
Schwab Premier Equity Fund^®	$	979,524	$	1,355,556		$	1,089,050
Schwab Core Equity Fundä	$	774,977	$	555,684		$	547,749
Schwab Dividend Equity Fundä	$	585,242	$	449,346		$	498,094
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fundä	$	438,897	$	463,098	*	$	1,440,471
Schwab Hedged Equity Fundä	$	947,413	$	1,520,631		$	1,489,599
Schwab Financial Services Fundä	$	80,226	$	78,586		$	32,907
Schwab Health Care Fundä	$	220,636	$	313,989		$	217,896
Schwab^{^®} International Core Equity Fund	$	24,065	$	42,975			N/A
Schwab Equity Index Funds
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund	$	307,832	$	212,837		$	132,992
Schwab 1000 Index^{^®} Fund	$	190,545	$	206,429		$	234,679
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund	$	624,619	$	547,016	*	$	409,199
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund	$	110,071	$	32,999		$	31,848
Schwab International Index Fund	$	158,801	$	139,494		$	73,554
Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios^®
Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio	$	1,125	$	1,599		$	1,150
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio	$	594	$	1,176		$	1,255
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio	$	386	$	802		$	2,110
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio	$	93	$	190		$	197
Schwab Target Funds
Schwab Target 2010 Fund*	$	2,222	$	0		$	0
Schwab Target 2015 Fund*	$	344	$	0		$	0


Funds	2009		2008		2007
Schwab Target 2020 Fund*	$	6,526	$	0	$	0
Schwab Target 2025 Fund*	$	729	$	0	$	0
Schwab Target 2030 Fund*	$	7,167	$	0	$	0
Schwab Target 2035 Fund*	$	740	$	0	$	0
Schwab Target 2040 Fund*	$	6,358	$	0	$	0
Schwab Balanced Fund™**	$	0	$	83,968	$	143,070


*		Broker commissions increased due to the funds’- investments in underlying unaffiliated funds.

**		Broker commissions decreased due to the change of the fund’s investment strategy.

Regular Broker-Dealers

A fund’s regular broker-dealers during its most recent fiscal year are: (1) the ten broker-dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from the fund; (2) the ten broker-dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions; and (3) the ten broker-dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of the fund’s shares. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2009, the following funds purchased securities issued by the following regular broker-dealers:

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

State Street Bank & Trust Co.	$	19,564,000
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.	$	15,463,000

Schwab 1000 Index Fund^{^®}


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

State Street Bank & Trust Co.	$	7,865,000
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.	$	6,989,000

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^{^®}


	Value of Fund's Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

Piper Jaffray & Co.	$	1,134,000

Schwab Small Cap Equity Fund^{^®}


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

Investment Technology Group, Inc.	$	968,000
Piper Jaffray & Co.	$	571,000

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund^{^®}


	Value of Fund’s Holdings as
Regular Broker-Dealer	of October 31, 2009

State Street Bank & Trust Co.	$	2,224,000
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.	$	1,927,000
Jefferies Group, Inc.	$	371,000
Piper Jaffray & Co.	$	183,000
Investment Technology Group, Inc.	$	103,000

Schwab Premier Equity Fund^{^®}


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$	4,177,000

Schwab Financial Services Fund™


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$	4,177,000
Investment Technology Group, Inc.	$	436,000
Piper Jaffray & Co.	$	292,000

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund™


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$	32,396,000
Goldman Sachs & Co.	$	16,166,000
State Street Bank & Trust Co.	$	4,198,000

Schwab Core Equity Fund™


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$	61,132,000
Goldman Sachs & Co.	$	26,543,000
State Street Bank & Trust Co.	$	4,198,000

Schwab International Core Equity Fund™


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

HSBC Securities (U.S.A.), Inc.	$	745,000

Schwab International Index Fund™


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

HSBC Securities (U.S.A.), Inc.	$	30,814,000

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund™


	Value of Fund’s Holdings
Regular Broker-Dealer	as of October 31, 2009

JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$	5,944,000
Goldman Sachs & Co.	$	2,842,000
Investment Technology Group, Inc.	$	837,000

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUSTS

Each fund, except the Schwab 1000 Index^{^®} Fund, is a series of Schwab Capital Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on May 7, 1993. The Schwab 1000 Index Fund is a series of Schwab Investments, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on October 26, 1990.

The funds may hold special shareholder meetings, which may cause the funds to incur non-routine expenses. These meetings may be called for purposes such as electing trustees, changing fundamental policies and amending management contracts. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned and may vote by proxy or in person. Proxy materials will be mailed to shareholders prior to any meetings, and will include a voting card and information explaining the matters to be voted upon.

The bylaws of each trust provide that a majority of shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law, or of the Declaration of Trust or of the bylaws permits or requires that (1) holders of any series shall vote as a series, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that series, or (2) holders of any class shall vote as a class, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that class entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. Each Declaration of Trust specifically

authorizes the Board of Trustees to terminate the trust (or any of its funds) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the trust’s obligations. Each Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for the trust’s acts or obligations and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the trust or the trustees. In addition, each Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of an investment portfolio in which a shareholder owns or owned shares for all losses and expenses of such shareholder or former shareholder if he or she is held personally liable for the obligations of the trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Moreover, each trust will be covered by insurance, which the trustees consider adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote, because it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the trust itself is unable to meet its obligations. There is a remote possibility that a fund could become liable for a misstatement in the prospectus or SAI about another fund.

As more fully described in each Declaration of Trust, the trustees may each year, or more frequently, distribute to the shareholders of each series accrued income less accrued expenses and any net realized capital gains less accrued expenses. Distributions of each year’s income of each series shall be distributed pro rata to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of each series held by each of them. Distributions will be paid in cash or shares or a combination thereof as determined by the trustees. Distributions paid in shares will be paid at the net asset value as determined in accordance with the bylaws.

Any series of a trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without the approval of shareholders of any series.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS AND PRICING
OF SHARES

Purchasing and Redeeming Shares of the Funds

The funds are open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open (business days). The NYSE’s trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. Eastern time until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE’s trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for 2010-2011: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Only orders that are received in good order by a fund’s transfer agent no later than the close of the NYSE’s trading session will be executed that day at the fund’s (or class’s) share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchange orders must be received by the funds’ transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day’s share price.

As long as the funds or Schwab follow reasonable procedures to confirm that an investor’s telephone or Internet order is genuine, they will not be liable for any losses the investor may experience due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include requiring a form of personal

identification or other confirmation before acting upon any telephone or Internet order, providing written confirmation of telephone or Internet orders and tape recording all telephone orders.

Share certificates will not be issued in order to avoid additional administrative costs, however, share ownership records are maintained by Schwab.

Each trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that shares may be automatically redeemed if held by a shareholder in an amount less than the minimum required by each fund. Each fund’s minimum initial investments and minimum balance requirements, if any, are set forth in the prospectus. The minimums may be changed without prior notice.

As explained in more detail in the funds’ prospectuses, each fund that charges a redemption fee reserves the right to waive its early redemption fee for certain tax-advantaged retirement plans or charitable giving funds, certain fee-based or wrap programs, or in other circumstances when the funds’ officers determine that such a waiver is in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.

Each of the funds has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets at the beginning of such period. This election is irrevocable without the SEC’s prior approval. Redemption requests in excess of these limits may be paid, in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable. Payment will be made wholly in cash unless the Board of Trustees believes that economic or market conditions exist that would make such payment a detriment to the best interests of a fund. If redemption proceeds are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth in “Pricing of Shares.” A redeeming shareholder would normally incur transaction costs if he or she were to convert the securities to cash.

Each fund is designed for long-term investing. Because short-term trading activities can disrupt the smooth management of a fund and increase its expenses, each fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to refuse any purchase or exchange order, or large purchase or exchange orders, including any purchase or exchange order which appears to be associated with short-term trading activities or “market timing.” Because market timing decisions to buy and sell securities typically are based on an individual investor’s market outlook, including such factors as the perceived strength of the economy or the anticipated direction of interest rates, it is difficult for a fund to determine in advance what purchase or exchange orders may be deemed to be associated with market timing or short-term trading activities. The funds and Schwab reserve the right to refuse any purchase or exchange order, including large orders that may negatively impact their operations. More information regarding the funds’ policies regarding “market timing’ is included in the funds’ prospectuses.

In certain circumstances, shares of a fund may be purchased “in kind” (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than for cash). The securities tendered as part of an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on the American Stock Exchange, the NYSE, or NASDAQ. Securities accepted by the fund will be valued, as set forth in the fund’s prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. The shares of the fund that are issued to the shareholder in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the fund and must be delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the fund’s investment adviser.

Exchanging Shares of the Funds

Methods to purchase and redeem shares of the fund are set forth in the funds’ prospectuses. An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund and the simultaneous purchase of shares of another Schwab Fund or Laudus MarketMasters Fund. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments^Ò and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement or by direct order as long as you meet the minimums for direct investments. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds^Ò that are bought and sold through third-party investment providers and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds may not be available through third-party investment providers.

The funds and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the funds. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange order that may negatively impact a fund’s operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and (iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days’ written notice to shareholders.

Delivery of Shareholder Documents

Typically once a year, an updated prospectus will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund’s investment strategies, risks and shareholder policies. Twice a year, financial reports will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund’s performance and investment holdings. To eliminate duplicate mailings of shareholder documents, each household may receive one copy of these documents, under certain conditions. This practice is commonly called “householding.” If you want to receive multiple copies, you may write or call your fund at the address or telephone number on the front of this SAI. Your instructions will be effective within 30 days of receipt by Schwab.

Pricing of Shares

Each business day, the fund or each share class of a fund calculates its share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a fund’s portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.

Shareholders of funds that invest in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of a fund’s securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The funds use approved pricing services to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing services as follows: generally securities traded on exchanges are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded, or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the preceding closing values of such securities on their respective exchanges with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing services. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds’ Board of

Trustees when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds pursuant to the procedures.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, the underlying funds in which the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab Target Funds and Schwab Balanced Fund invest are valued at their respective net asset values as determined by those funds. The underlying funds that are money market funds may value their portfolio securities based on the value or amortized cost method. The other underlying funds value their portfolio securities based on market quotes if they are readily available.

TAXATION

Federal Tax Information for the Funds

This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

It is each fund’s policy to qualify for taxation as a “regulated investment company” (RIC) by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital gains. In addition, each fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC.

Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the trust’s other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund’s assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of a fund’s taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as “qualified publicly traded partnerships” for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. In order to do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary

market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, less than 90% of the partnership’s gross income can consist of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.

The Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their “ordinary income” (as defined in the Code) for the calendar year plus 98% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. A fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.

A fund’s transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a fund’s assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of a fund’s income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.

Each fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. Each fund distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains which have been recognized for federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the fund’s fiscal year on futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital gains realized on the fund’s other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the distributions.

With respect to investments in zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not received any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because each fund distributes all of its net investment income to its shareholders, a fund may have to sell fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.

Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders

The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in each fund’s prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting

shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in the funds.

Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (lower rates apply to individuals in lower tax brackets)) to the extent that a fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of a fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and each fund also satisfies those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by each fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. It is expected that dividends received by a fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are designated as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss. Long-term capital gains also will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Absent further legislation, the maximum 15% tax rate on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.

A fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gain distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend income, shortly after the close of each calendar year. For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions the fund designates to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, and its treatment under applicable tax laws may differ from the federal income tax treatment.

A fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable dividends paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to “backup withholding;” or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s ultimate U.S. tax liability.

Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that for a fund’s taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and not beginning after December 31, 2009, interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding taxes. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gain dividends, of long-term capital gains and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code’s definition of “resident alien” or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.

Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k)s, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Under current law, each fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, tax-exempt shareholders could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund where, for example, (i) a fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) or (ii) share in a fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisors. There are no restrictions preventing a fund from holding investments in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, and a fund may do so. The Internal Revenue Service has issued recent guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding these issues.

Income that a Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio, Schwab International Index Fund^® , Schwab^® International Core Equity Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund or Schwab Target Fund receives from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. If any of these funds has at least 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the end of its taxable year, it may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the ability to take either the foreign tax credit or the deduction for foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, U.S. shareholders must include in gross income, even though not actually received, their respective pro rata share of foreign taxes, and may either deduct their pro rata share of foreign taxes (but not for alternative minimum tax purposes) or credit the tax against U.S. income taxes, subject to certain limitations described in Code sections 901 and 904. A shareholder who does not itemize deductions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes. It is expected that each of the Schwab International Index Fund and Schwab International Core Equity Fund will have more than 50% of the value of its total assets at the close of its taxable year invested in foreign securities, and it will make this election. It is expected that the Schwab Health Care Fund, Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds will not have 50% of their assets invested in foreign securities at the close of their taxable years, and therefore will not be permitted to make this election. Also, to the extent a Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund invests in an underlying mutual fund that elects to pass through foreign taxes, the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund will not be able to pass through the taxes paid by the underlying mutual fund. Each shareholder’s respective pro rata share of foreign taxes a Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund pays will, therefore, be netted against its share of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio’s or Schwab Target Fund’s gross income.

The Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab International Index Fund, Schwab International Core

100

Equity Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund and Schwab Target Funds may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) or become a PFIC under the Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of “excess distributions” with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent any of these funds do invest in PFICs, they may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, these funds may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent these funds do invest in foreign securities which are determined to be PFIC securities and are required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to the funds’ shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce a funds’ economic return from its PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as the fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the fund.

101

APPENDIX A — RATINGS OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

From time to time, the fund may report the percentage of its assets that fall into the rating categories set forth below.

BONDS

Moody’s Investors Service

Aaa Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Standard & Poor’s Corporation

Investment Grade

AAA Debt rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA Debt rated ‘AA’ has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest rated debt only in small degree.

102

A Debt rated ‘A’ has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

BBB Debt rated ‘BBB’ is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

Speculative Grade

Debt rated ‘BB’ and ‘B’ is regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

BB Debt rated ‘BB’ has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The ‘BB’ rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied ‘BBB-’ rating.

B Debt rate ‘B’ has greater vulnerability to default but presently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions would likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The ‘B’ rating category also is used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied ‘BB’ or ‘BB-’ rating.

Fitch, Inc.

Investment Grade Bond


AAA		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

AA		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated ‘AAA’. Because bonds rated in the ‘AAA’ and ‘AA’ categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short term debt of these issuers is generally rated ‘F1+’.

A		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB		Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds, and therefore impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

Speculative grade bond

103


BB		Bonds are considered speculative. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B		Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

Dominion Bond Rating Service

Bond and Long Term Debt Rating Scale

As is the case with all DBRS rating scales, long term debt ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner with respect to both interest and principal commitments. DBRS ratings do not take factors such as pricing or market risk into consideration and are expected to be used by purchasers as one part of their investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations that are relevant for the borrowing entity.

AAA: Highest Credit Quality
AA: Superior Credit Quality
A: Satisfactory Credit Quality

BBB: Adequate Credit Quality
BB: Speculative
B: Highly Speculative

CCC: Very Highly Speculative
CC: Very Highly Speculative
C: Very Highly Speculative

“AAA” Bonds rated “AAA” are of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is favorable. There are few qualifying factors present which would detract from the performance of the entity, the strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has established a creditable track record of superior performance. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for this category, few entities are able to achieve a AAA rating.

“AA” Bonds rated “AA” are of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high. In many cases, they differ from bonds rated AAA only to a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the AAA category (which few companies are able to achieve), entities rated AA are also considered to be strong credits which typically exemplify above-average strength in key areas of consideration and are unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

“A” Bonds rated “A” are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than with AA rated entities. While a respectable rating, entities in the “A” category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher rated companies.

104

“BBB” Bonds rated “BBB” are of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered adequate, but the entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adversities present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.

“BB” Bonds rated “BB” are defined to be speculative, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the BB area typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support and, in many cases, small size or lack of competitive strength may be additional negative considerations.

“B” Bonds rated “B” are highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty which exists as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

“CCC” / “CC” / “C” Bonds rated in any of these categories are very highly speculative and are in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than bonds rated “B”. Bonds rated below “B” often have characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between the “C” to “CCC” categories, with “CC” and “C” normally used to lower ranking debt of companies where the senior debt is rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.

“D” This category indicates Bonds in default of either interest or principal.

(“high”, “low”) grades are used to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular rating category. The lack of one of these designations indicates a rating which is essentially in the middle of the category. Note that “high” and “low” grades are not used for the AAA category.

COMMERCIAL PAPER AND SHORT-TERM DEBT RATING SCALE

Dominion Bond Rating Service

As is the case with all DBRS rating scales, commercial paper ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its obligations in a timely manner. DBRS ratings do not take factors such as pricing or market risk into consideration and are expected to be used by purchasers as one part of their investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations which are relevant for the borrowing entity.

R-1: Prime Credit Quality

R-2: Adequate Credit Quality

R-3: Speculative

All three DBRS rating categories for short term debt use “high”, “middle” or “low” as subset grades to designate the relative standing of the credit within a particular rating category. The following comments provide separate definitions for the three grades in the Prime Credit Quality area, as this is where ratings for active borrowers in Canada continue to be heavily concentrated.

“R-1 (high)” Short term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity which possesses unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels and profitability which is

105

both stable and above average. Companies achieving an “R-1 (high)” rating are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable positive future results and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for an “R-1 (high)”, few entities are strong enough to achieve this rating.

“R-1 (middle)” Short term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits to only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the “R-1 (high)” category (which few companies are able to achieve), entities rated “R-1 (middle)” are also considered strong credits which typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for debt protection.

“R-1 (low)” Short term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors which exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.

“R-2 (high)”, “R-2 (middle)”, “R-2 (low)” Short term debt rated “R-2” is of adequate credit quality and within the three subset grades, debt protection ranges from having reasonable ability for timely repayment to a level which is considered only just adequate. The liquidity and debt ratios of entities in the “R-2” classification are not as strong as those in the “R-1” category, and the past and future trend may suggest some risk of maintaining the strength of key ratios in these areas. Alternative sources of liquidity support are considered satisfactory; however, even the strongest liquidity support will not improve the commercial paper rating of the issuer. The size of the entity may restrict its flexibility, and its relative position in the industry is not typically as strong as an “R-1 credit”. Profitability trends, past and future, may be less favorable, earnings not as stable, and there are often negative qualifying factors present which could also make the entity more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

“R-3 (high)”, “R-3 (middle)”, “R-3 (low)” Short term debt rated “R-3” is speculative, and within the three subset grades, the capacity for timely payment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful. “R-3” credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with “R-3” ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.

SHORT TERM NOTES AND VARIABLE RATE DEMAND OBLIGATIONS

Moody’s Investors Service

Short term notes/variable rate demand obligations bearing the designations MIG-1/VMIG-1 are considered to be of the best quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing. Obligations rated MIG-2/VMIG-3 are of high quality and enjoy ample margins of protection although not as large as those of the top rated securities.

Standard & Poor’s Corporation

An S&P SP-1 rating indicates that the subject securities’ issuer has a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong safety characteristics are given a plus (+) designation. S&P’s determination that an issuer has a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest is denoted by an SP-2 rating.

106

Fitch, Inc.

Obligations supported by the highest capacity for timely repayment are rated F1+. An F1 rating indicates that the obligation is supported by a very strong capacity for timely repayment. Obligations rated F2 are supported by a good capacity for timely repayment, although adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions may affect this capacity.

COMMERCIAL PAPER

Moody’s Investors Service

Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Issuers (or related supporting institutions) of commercial paper with this rating are considered to have a superior ability to repay short term promissory obligations. Issuers (or related supporting institutions) of securities rated Prime-2 are viewed as having a strong capacity to repay short term promissory obligations. This capacity will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics of issuers whose commercial paper is rated Prime-1 but to a lesser degree.

Standard & Poor’s Corporation

A Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) A-1 commercial paper rating indicates a strong degree of safety regarding timely payment of principal and interest. Issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+. Capacity for timely payment on commercial paper rated A-2 is satisfactory, but the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.

Fitch, Inc.

F1+ is the highest category, and indicates the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment. Issues rated F1 reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less than issues rated F1+. Issues assigned an F2 rating have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues in the first two rating categories.

Tax Efficiency

The Schwab 1000 Index^{^®} Fund and Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund employ specific investment strategies designed to minimize capital gain distributions while achieving each fund’s investment objective. These strategies include selling the highest tax cost securities first, not re-balancing the portfolio to reflect changes in their indexes, trading only round-lots or large blocks of securities and focusing on individual tax lots in deciding when and how to manage the realization of capital gains. In addition, the investment adviser monitors, analyzes and evaluates each of these funds’ portfolio as well as market conditions to carefully manage necessary trading activity and to determine when there are opportunities to realize capital losses, which offset realized capital gains. These policies will be utilized to the extent they do not have a material effect on each fund’s ability to track or match the performance of its index. They may affect the composition of a fund’s index holdings as compared to the index. There can be no assurance that the investment adviser will succeed in avoiding realized net capital gains.

107

APPENDIX B – DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Laudus Institutional Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust

Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures As
of February 2010

Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (“CSIM”), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM’s Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM’s responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the “Proxy Committee”). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of CSIM’s Fund Administration, Legal, and Portfolio Management Departments, and chaired by CSIM’s Deputy Chief Investment Officer. The Proxy Committee reviews and, as necessary, may amend periodically these Procedures to address new or revised proxy voting policies or procedures. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the “CSIM Proxy Procedures”) pertain to all of CSIM’s clients.

The Boards of Trustees (the “Trustees”) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios ( “Schwab Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. In addition, the Boards of Trustees (the “Trustees”) of Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust (“Laudus Funds”) and the Schwab Strategic Trust (“Schwab ETFs”; collectively, the Schwab Funds, the Laudus Funds and the Schwab ETFs are the “Funds”) have delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. The Trustees have adopted these Proxy Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Schwab ETFs portfolios. CSIM will present amendments to the Trustees for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend the Proxy Procedures between regular Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs Board meetings. In such cases, the Trustees will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.

To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping.

Proxy Voting Policy

For investment companies and other clients for which CSIM exercises its responsibility for voting proxies, it is CSIM’s policy to vote proxies in the manner that CSIM and the Proxy Committee determine will maximize the economic benefit to CSIM’s clients. In furtherance of this policy, the Proxy Committee has received and reviewed Glass Lewis’ written proxy voting policies and procedures (“Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures”) and has determined that Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures, with the exceptions noted below, are consistent with the CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. The Proxy Committee will review any material amendments to Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures to determine whether such procedures continue to be consistent with the CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients.

Except under each of the circumstances described below, the Proxy Committee will delegate to Glass Lewis responsibility for voting proxies, including timely submission of votes, on behalf of CSIM’s clients in accordance with Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures.

For proxy issues, that are determined by the Proxy Committee or the applicable portfolio manager or other relevant portfolio management staff to raise significant concerns with respect to the accounts of CSIM clients, the Proxy Committee will review the analysis and recommendation of Glass Lewis. Examples of factors that could cause a matter to raise significant concerns include, but are not limited to: issues whose outcome has the potential to materially affect the company’s industry, or regional or national economy, and matters which involve broad public policy developments which may similarly materially affect the environment in which the company operates. The Proxy Committee also will solicit input from the assigned portfolio manager and other relevant portfolio management staff for the particular portfolio security. After evaluating all such recommendations, the Proxy Committee will decide how to vote the shares and will instruct Glass Lewis to vote consistent with its decision. The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares in order to maximize the value of that particular holding.

With respect to proxies of an affiliated mutual fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the fund (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law, the Proxy Committee will also “echo vote” proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund. For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Schwab Funds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the Schwab Funds, under certain circumstances, to “echo vote” proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Schwab Funds. When not required to “echo vote,” the Proxy Committee will delegate to Glass Lewis responsibility for voting proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund in accordance with Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures.

In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (“CSC”) (ticker symbol: SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of CSC (i.e., “echo vote”), unless otherwise required by law.

Exceptions from Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures: The Proxy Committee has reviewed the particular policies set forth in Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures and has determined that the implementation of the following custom policies is consistent with CSIM’s fiduciary duty with respect to its clients:

	•		Independent Chairman: With respect to shareholder proposals requiring that a company chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote against such proposals unless the company does not meet the applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold, as calculated below. In cases where a company fails to meet the threshold, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote the shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director in accordance with Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures. Additionally, with respect to the election of a director who serves as the governance committee chair (or, in the absence of a governance committee, the chair of the nominating committee), the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote for the director in cases where the company chairman’s position is not filled by an independent director and an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.

	•		Classified Boards: With respect to shareholder proposals declassifying a staggered board in favor of the annual election of directors, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote against such proposals unless the company does not meet the applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold, as calculated below. In cases where a company fails to meet the threshold, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote the shareholder proposals declassifying a staggered board in favor of the annual election of directors in accordance with Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures.

Glass Lewis uses a three-year total return performance methodology to calculate the applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold. For Russell 3000 Index constituents, if a company’s total annual shareholder return is in the bottom 25% of Russell 3000 constituent companies’ total annual shareholder returns for three consecutive years, the company will be deemed not to have met the threshold. For companies not in the Russell 3000 Index, the universe of companies used for the minimum total shareholder return threshold calculation is all Glass Lewis covered companies outside of the Russell 3000 Index.

There may be circumstances in which Glass Lewis does not provide an analysis or recommendation for voting a security’s proxy. In that event, and when the criteria set forth below are met, two members of the Proxy Committee, including at least one representative from equity Portfolio Management, may decide how to vote such proxy in order to maximize the value of that particular holding. The following criteria must be met: (1) For each Fund that holds the security in its portfolio, the value of the security must represent less than one tenth of one cent in the Fund’s NAV, and (2) the security’s value must equal less than $50,000 in the aggregate across all of the Funds and separate accounts that hold this security. Any voting decision made under these circumstances will be reported to the Proxy Committee at its next scheduled meeting. If the criteria are not met, the Proxy Committee may meet to decide how to vote such proxy.

Conflicts of Interest. Except as described above for proxies of mutual funds, CSC and exceptions to Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures, where proxy issues present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM’s clients, CSIM will delegate to Glass Lewis responsibility for voting such proxies in accordance with Glass Lewis’ Proxy Procedures,. The CSIM Legal Department is responsible for developing procedures to identify material conflicts of interest.

Voting Foreign Proxies. CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for voting proxies. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:

	•		proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;

	•		untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;

	•		restrictions of foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;

	•		requirements to vote proxies in person;

	•		requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM’s voting instructions.

In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best-efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies.

Securities Lending Programs. Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then exercise the security’s voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to recall a Fund’s securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if (a) the proxy relates to a special meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuer’s annual meeting of shareholders), or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer. Further, it is CSIM’s policy to use its best efforts to recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies if CSIM determines that the proxies involve a material event affecting the loaned securities. CSIM may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and evaluating whether an event is material. CSIM may also recall securities on loan and vote such securities’ proxies in its discretion.

Sub-Advisory Relationships. For investment companies or other clients that CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment adviser, CSIM may delegate its responsibility to vote proxies with respect to such investment companies’ or other clients’ securities. Each Sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy to ensure that each Sub-adviser’s proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of economic benefits to the investment company or other client.

Reporting and Record Retention

CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients proxy voting records and procedures.

CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

I. A Board of Directors That
Serves the Interests of Shareholders

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

The purpose of Glass Lewis’ proxy research and advice is to facilitate shareholder voting in favor of governance structures that will drive performance, create shareholder value and maintain a proper tone at the top. Glass Lewis looks for talented boards with a record of protecting shareholders and delivering value over the medium- and long-term. We believe that boards working to protect and enhance the best interests of shareholders are independent, have directors with diverse backgrounds, have a record of positive performance, and have members with a breadth and depth of relevant experience.

Independence

The independence of directors, or lack thereof, is ultimately demonstrated through the decisions they make. In assessing the independence of directors, we will take into consideration, when appropriate, whether a director has a track record indicative of making objective decisions. Likewise, when assessing the independence of directors we will also examine when a director’s service track record on multiple boards indicates a lack of objective decision-making. Ultimately, we believe the determination of whether a director is independent or not must take into consideration both compliance with the applicable independence listing requirements as well as judgments made by the director.

We look at each director nominee to examine the director’s relationships with the company, the company’s executives, and other directors. We do this to evaluate whether personal, familial, or financial relationships (not including director compensation) may impact the director’s decisions. We believe that such relationships make it difficult for a director to put shareholders’ interests above the director’s or the related party’s interests. We also believe that a director who owns more than 20% of a company can exert disproportionate influence on the board and, in particular, the audit committee.

Thus, we put directors into three categories based on an examination of the type of relationship they have with the company:

Independent Director — An independent director has no material financial, familial or other current relationships with the company, its executives, or other board members, except for board service and standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that existed within three to five years¹ before the inquiry are usually considered “current” for purposes of this test.

In our view, a director who is currently serving in an interim management position should be considered an insider, while a director who previously served in an interim management position for less than one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered independent. Moreover, a director who previously served in an interim management position for over one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered an affiliate for five years following the date of his/her resignation or departure from the interim management position. Glass Lewis applies a


¹		NASDAQ originally proposed a five-year look-back period but both it and the NYSE ultimately settled on a three-year look-back prior to finalizing their rules. A five-year standard is more appropriate, in our view, because we believe that the unwinding of conflicting relationships between former management and board members is more likely to be complete and final after five years. However, Glass Lewis does not apply the five-year look back period to directors who have previously served as executives of the company on an interim basis for less than one year.

three-year look back period to all directors who have an affiliation with the company other than former employment, for which we apply a five-year look back.

Affiliated Director — An affiliated director has a material financial, familial or other relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the company.² This includes directors whose employers have a material financial relationship with the company.³ In addition, we view a director who owns or controls 20% or more of the company’s voting stock as an affiliate.

We view 20% shareholders as affiliates because they typically have access to and involvement with the management of a company that is fundamentally different from that of ordinary shareholders. More importantly, 20% holders may have interests that diverge from those of ordinary holders, for reasons such as the liquidity (or lack thereof) of their holdings, personal tax issues, etc.

Inside Director — An inside director simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee of the company. This category may include a chairman of the board who acts as an employee of the company or is paid as an employee of the company. In our view, an inside director who derives a greater amount of income as a result of affiliated transactions with the company rather than through compensation paid by the company (i.e., salary, bonus, etc. as a company employee) faces a conflict between making decisions that are in the best interests of the company versus those in the director’s own best interests. Therefore, we will recommend voting against such a director.

Definition of “Material”: A material relationship is one in which the dollar value exceeds: (i) $50,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for directors who are paid for a service they have agreed to perform for the company, outside of their service as a director, including professional or other services; or (ii) $120,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for those directors employed by a professional services firm such as a law firm, investment bank, or consulting firm where the company pays the firm, not the individual, for services. This dollar limit would also apply to charitable contributions to schools where a board member is a professor; or charities where a director serves on the board or is an executive;⁴and any aircraft and real estate dealings between the company and the director’s firm; or (iii) 1% of either company’s consolidated gross revenue for other business relationships (e.g., where the director is an executive officer of a company that provides services or products to or receives services or products from the company).

Definition of “Familial”: Familial relationships include a person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, grandparents, uncles, aunts, cousins, nieces, nephews, in-laws, and anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares such person’s home. A director is an affiliate if the director has a family member who is employed by the company and who receives compensation of $120,000 or more per year or the compensation is not disclosed.

Definition of “Company”: A company includes any parent or subsidiary in a group with the company or any entity that merged with, was acquired by, or acquired the company.


²		If a company classifies one of its non-employee directors as non-independent, Glass Lewis will classify that director as an affiliate.

³		We allow a five-year grace period for former executives of the company or merged companies who have consulting agreements with the surviving company. (We do not automatically recommend voting against directors in such cases for the first five years.) If the consulting agreement persists after this five-year grace period, we apply the materiality thresholds outlined in the definition of “material.”

⁴		We will generally take into consideration the size and nature of such charitable entities in relation to the company’s size and industry along with any other relevant factors such as the director’s role at the charity.

Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence

Glass Lewis believes a board will be most effective in protecting shareholders’ interests if it is at least two-thirds independent. We note that each of the Business Roundtable, the Conference Board, and the Council of Institutional Investors advocates that two-thirds of the board be independent. Where more than one-third of the members are affiliated or inside directors, we typically⁵ recommend voting against some of the inside and/or affiliated directors in order to satisfy the two-thirds threshold.⁶

In the case of a less than two-thirds independent board, Glass Lewis strongly supports the existence of a presiding or lead director with authority to set the meeting agendas and to lead sessions outside the insider chairman’s presence.

In addition, we scrutinize avowedly “independent” chairmen and lead directors. We believe that they should be unquestionably independent or the company should not tout them as such.

Committee Independence

We believe that only independent directors should serve on a company’s audit, compensation, nominating, and governance committees.⁷ We typically recommend that shareholders vote against any affiliated or inside director seeking appointment to an audit, compensation, nominating, or governance committee, or who has served in that capacity in the past year.

Independent Chairman

Glass Lewis believes that separating the roles of CEO (or, more rarely, another executive position) and chairman creates a better governance structure than a combined CEO/chairman position. An executive manages the business according to a course the board charts. Executives should report to the board regarding their performance in achieving goals the board set. This is needlessly complicated when a CEO chairs the board, since a CEO/chairman presumably will have a significant influence over the board.

It can become difficult for a board to fulfill its role of overseer and policy setter when a CEO/chairman controls the agenda and the boardroom discussion. Such control can allow a CEO to have an entrenched position, leading to longer-than-optimal terms, fewer checks on management, less scrutiny of the business operation, and limitations on independent, shareholder-focused goal-setting by the board.

A CEO should set the strategic course for the company, with the board’s approval, and the board should enable the CEO to carry out the CEO’s vision for accomplishing the board’s objectives. Failure to achieve the board’s objectives should lead the board to replace that CEO with someone in whom the board has confidence.


⁵		With a staggered board, if the affiliates or insiders that we believe should not be on the board are not up for election, we will express our concern regarding those directors, but we will not recommend voting against the affiliates or insiders who are up for election just to achieve two-thirds independence.

⁶		Where a director serves on a board as a representative (as part of his or her basic responsibilities) of an investment firm with greater than 20% ownership, we will generally consider him/her to be affiliated but will not recommend voting against unless (i) the investment firm has disproportionate board representation or (ii) the director serves on the audit committee.

⁷		We will recommend voting against an audit committee member who owns 20% or more of the company’s stock, and we believe that there should be a maximum of one director (or no directors if the committee is comprised of less than three directors) who owns 20% or more of the company’s stock on the compensation, nominating, and governance committees.

Likewise, an independent chairman can better oversee executives and set a pro-shareholder agenda without the management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face. Such oversight and concern for shareholders allows for a more proactive and effective board of directors that is better able to look out for the interests of shareholders.

Further, it is the board’s responsibility to select a chief executive who can best serve a company and its shareholders and to replace this person when his or her duties have not been appropriately fulfilled. Such a replacement becomes more difficult and happens less frequently when the chief executive is also in the position of overseeing the board.

We recognize that empirical evidence regarding the separation of these two roles remains inconclusive. However, Glass Lewis believes that the installation of an independent chairman is almost always a positive step from a corporate governance perspective and promotes the best interests of shareholders. Further, the presence of an independent chairman fosters the creation of a thoughtful and dynamic board, not dominated by the views of senior management.

We do not recommend that shareholders vote against CEOs who chair the board. However, we typically encourage our clients to support separating the roles of chairman and CEO whenever that question is posed in a proxy (typically in the form of a shareholder proposal), as we believe that it is in the long-term best interests of the company and its shareholders.

Performance

The most crucial test of a board’s commitment to the company and its shareholders lies in the actions of the board and its members. We look at the performance of these individuals as directors and executives of the company and of other companies where they have served.

Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Performance

We disfavor directors who have a record of not fulfilling their responsibilities to shareholders at any company where they have held a board or executive position. We typically recommend voting against:

1. A director who fails to attend a minimum of 75% of the board meetings or 75% of the total of applicable committee meetings and board meetings.⁸

2. A director who belatedly filed a significant form(s) 4 or 5, or who has a pattern of late filings if the late filing was the director’s fault (we look at these late filing situations on a case-by-case basis).

3. A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious and material restatement has occurred after the CEO had previously certified the pre-restatement financial statements.

4. A director who has received two against recommendations from Glass Lewis for identical reasons within the prior year at different companies (the same situation must also apply at the company being analyzed).

5. All directors who served on the board if, for the last three years, the company’s performance has been in the bottom quartile of the sector and the directors have not taken reasonable steps to address the poor performance.


⁸		However, where a director has served for less than one full year, we will typically not recommend voting against for failure to attend 75% of meetings. Rather, we will note the poor attendance with a recommendation to track this issue going forward. We will also refrain from recommending to vote against directors when the proxy discloses that the director missed the meetings due to serious illness or other extenuating circumstances.

Audit Committees and Performance

Audit committees play an integral role in overseeing the financial reporting process because “[v]ibrant and stable capital markets depend on, among other things, reliable, transparent, and objective financial information to support an efficient and effective capital market process. The vital oversight role audit committees play in the process of producing financial information has never been more important.”⁹

When assessing an audit committee’s performance, we are aware that an audit committee does not prepare financial statements, is not responsible for making the key judgments and assumptions that affect the financial statements, and does not audit the numbers or the disclosures provided to investors. Rather, an audit committee member monitors and oversees the process and procedures that management and auditors perform. The 1999 Report and Recommendations of the Blue Ribbon Committee on Improving the Effectiveness of Corporate Audit Committees stated it best:

A proper and well-functioning system exists, therefore, when the three main groups responsible for financial reporting — the full board including the audit committee, financial management including the internal auditors, and the outside auditors — form a ‘three legged stool’ that supports responsible financial disclosure and active participatory oversight. However, in the view of the Committee, the audit committee must be ‘first among equals’ in this process, since the audit committee is an extension of the full board and hence the ultimate monitor of the process.

Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee

For an audit committee to function effectively on investors’ behalf, it must include members with sufficient knowledge to diligently carry out their responsibilities. In its audit and accounting recommendations, the Conference Board Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise said “members of the audit committee must be independent and have both knowledge and experience in auditing financial matters.”¹⁰

We are skeptical of audit committees where there are members that lack expertise as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) or corporate controller or similar experience. While we will not necessarily vote against members of an audit committee when such expertise is lacking, we are more likely to vote against committee members when a problem such as a restatement occurs and such expertise is lacking.

Glass Lewis generally assesses audit committees against the decisions they make with respect to their oversight and monitoring role. The quality and integrity of the financial statements and earnings reports, the completeness of disclosures necessary for investors to make informed decisions, and the effectiveness of the internal controls should provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are materially free from errors. The independence of the external auditors and the results of their work all provide useful information by which to assess the audit committee.


⁹		Audit Committee Effectiveness — What Works Best.” PricewaterhouseCoopers. The Institute of Internal Auditors Research Foundation. 2005.

¹⁰		Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise. The Conference Board. 2003.

When assessing the decisions and actions of the audit committee, we typically defer to its judgment and would vote in favor of its members, but we would recommend voting against the following members under the following circumstances:¹¹

1. All members of the audit committee when options were backdated, there is a lack of adequate controls in place, there was a resulting restatement, and disclosures indicate there was a lack of documentation with respect to the option grants.

2. The audit committee chair, if the audit committee does not have a financial expert or the committee’s financial expert does not have a demonstrable financial background sufficient to understand the financial issues unique to public companies.

3. The audit committee chair, if the audit committee did not meet at least 4 times during the year.

4. The audit committee chair, if the committee has less than three members.

5. Any audit committee member who sits on more than three public company audit committees, unless the audit committee member is a retired CPA, CFO, controller or has similar experience, in which case the limit shall be four committees, taking time and availability into consideration including a review of the audit committee member’s attendance at all board and committee meetings.

6. All members of an audit committee who are up for election and who served on the committee at the time of the audit, if audit and audit-related fees total one-third or less of the total fees billed by the auditor.

7. The audit committee chair when tax and/or other fees are greater than audit and audit-related fees paid to the auditor for more than one year in a row (in which case we also recommend against ratification of the auditor).

8. All members of an audit committee where non-audit fees include fees for tax services (including, but not limited to, such things as tax avoidance or shelter schemes) for senior executives of the company. Such services are now prohibited by the PCAOB.

9. All members of an audit committee that reappointed an auditor that we no longer consider to be independent for reasons unrelated to fee proportions.

10. All members of an audit committee when audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the same industry.

11. The audit committee chair¹² if the committee failed to put auditor ratification on the ballot for shareholder approval. However, if the non-audit fees or tax fees exceed audit plus audit-related fees in either the current or the prior year, then Glass Lewis will recommend voting against the entire audit committee.


¹¹		Where the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against the members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern with regard to the committee chair.

¹²		In all cases, if the chair of the committee is not specified, we recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the longest.

12. All members of an audit committee where the auditor has resigned and reported that a section 10A¹³ letter has been issued.

13. All members of an audit committee at a time when material accounting fraud occurred at the company.

14. All members of an audit committee at a time when annual and/or multiple quarterly financial statements had to be restated, and any of the following factors apply:

• The restatement involves fraud or manipulation by insiders;

• The restatement is accompanied by an SEC inquiry or investigation;

• The restatement involves revenue recognition;

• The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to costs of goods sold, operating expense, or operating cash flows; or

• The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to net income, 10% adjustment to assets or shareholders equity, or cash flows from financing or investing activities.

15. All members of an audit committee if the company repeatedly fails to file its financial reports in a timely fashion. For example, the company has filed two or more quarterly or annual financial statements late within the last 5 quarters.

16. All members of an audit committee when it has been disclosed that a law enforcement agency has charged the company and/or its employees with a violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA).

17. All members of an audit committee when the company has aggressive accounting policies and/or poor disclosure or lack of sufficient transparency in its financial statements.

18. All members of the audit committee when there is a disagreement with the auditor and the auditor resigns or is dismissed.

19. All members of the audit committee if the contract with the auditor specifically limits the auditor’s liability to the company for damages.¹⁴

20. All members of the audit committee who served since the date of the company’s last annual meeting, and when, since the last annual meeting, the company has reported a material weakness that has not yet been corrected, or, when the company has an ongoing material weakness from a prior year that has not yet been corrected.

We also take a dim view of audit committee reports that are boilerplate, and which provide little or no information or transparency to investors. When a problem such as a material weakness, restatement or late filings occurs, we take into consideration, in forming our judgment with respect to the audit committee, the transparency of the audit committee report.


¹³		Auditors are required to report all potential illegal acts to management and the audit committee unless they are clearly inconsequential in nature. If the audit committee or the board fails to take appropriate action on an act that has been determined to be a violation of the law, the independent auditor is required to send a section 10A letter to the SEC. Such letters are rare and therefore we believe should be taken seriously.

¹⁴		The Council of Institutional Investors. “Corporate Governance Policies,” p. 4, April 5, 2006; and “Letter from Council of Institutional Investors to the AICPA,” November 8, 2006.

Compensation Committee Performance

Compensation committees have the final say in determining the compensation of executives. This includes deciding the basis on which compensation is determined, as well as the amounts and types of compensation to be paid. This process begins with the hiring and initial establishment of employment agreements, including the terms for such items as pay, pensions and severance arrangements. It is important in establishing compensation arrangements that compensation be consistent with, and based on the long-term economic performance of, the business’s long-term shareholders returns.

Compensation committees are also responsible for the oversight of the transparency of compensation. This oversight includes disclosure of compensation arrangements, the matrix used in assessing pay for performance, and the use of compensation consultants. In order to ensure the independence of the compensation consultant, we believe the compensation committee should only engage a compensation consultant that is not also providing any services to the company or management apart from their contract with the compensation committee. It is important to investors that they have clear and complete disclosure of all the significant terms of compensation arrangements in order to make informed decisions with respect to the oversight and decisions of the compensation committee.

Finally, compensation committees are responsible for oversight of internal controls over the executive compensation process. This includes controls over gathering information used to determine compensation, establishment of equity award plans, and granting of equity awards. Lax controls can and have contributed to conflicting information being obtained, for example through the use of nonobjective consultants. Lax controls can also contribute to improper awards of compensation such as through granting of backdated or spring-loaded options, or granting of bonuses when triggers for bonus payments have not been met.

Central to understanding the actions of a compensation committee is a careful review of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) report included in each company’s proxy. We review the CD&A in our evaluation of the overall compensation practices of a company, as overseen by the compensation committee. The CD&A is also integral to the evaluation of compensation proposals at companies, such as management-submitted advisory compensation vote proposals, which allow shareholders to vote on the compensation paid to a company’s top executives.

In our evaluation of the CD&A, we examine, among other factors, the following:

1. The extent to which the company uses appropriate performance goals and metrics in determining overall compensation as an indication that pay is tied to performance.

2. How clearly the company discloses performance metrics and goals so that shareholders may make an independent determination that goals were met.

3. The extent to which the performance metrics, targets and goals are implemented to enhance company performance and encourage prudent risk-taking.

4. The selected peer group(s) so that shareholders can make a comparison of pay and performance across the appropriate peer group.

5. The extent to which the company benchmarks compensation levels at a specific percentile of its peer group along with the rationale for selecting such a benchmark.

6. The amount of discretion granted management or the compensation committee to deviate from defined performance metrics and goals in making awards, as well as the appropriateness of the use of such discretion.

We provide an overall evaluation of the quality and content of a company’s executive compensation policies and procedures as disclosed in a CD&A as either good, fair or poor.

We evaluate compensation committee members on the basis of their performance while serving on the compensation committee in question, not for actions taken solely by prior committee members who are not currently serving on the committee. At companies that provide shareholders with non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation (“Say-on-Pay”), we will use the Say-on-Pay proposal as the initial, primary means to express dissatisfaction with the company’s compensation polices and practices rather than recommending voting against members of the compensation committee (except in the most egregious cases).

When assessing the performance of compensation committees, we will recommend voting against for the following:¹⁵

1. All members of the compensation committee who are up for election and served at the time of poor pay-for-performance (e.g., a company receives an F grade in our pay-for-performance analysis) when shareholders are not provided with an advisory vote on executive compensation.¹⁶

2. Any member of the compensation committee who has served on the compensation committee of at least two other public companies that received F grades in our pay-for-performance model and who is also suspect at the company in question.

3. The compensation committee chair if the company received two D grades in consecutive years in our pay-for-performance analysis, and if during the past year the Company performed the same as or worse than its peers.¹⁷

4. All members of the compensation committee (during the relevant time period) if the company entered into excessive employment agreements and/or severance agreements.

5. All members of the compensation committee when performance goals were changed (i.e., lowered) when employees failed or were unlikely to meet original goals, or performance-based compensation was paid despite goals not being attained.

6. All members of the compensation committee if excessive employee perquisites and benefits were allowed.


¹⁵		Where the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair and the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern with regard to the committee chair.

¹⁶		Where there are multiple CEOs in one year, we will consider not recommending against the compensation committee but will defer judgment on compensation policies and practices until the next year or a full year after arrival of the new CEO. In addition, if a company provides shareholders with a Say-on-Pay proposal and receives an F grade in our pay-for-performance model, we will recommend that shareholders only vote against the Say-on-Pay proposal rather than the members of the compensation committee, unless the company exhibits egregious practices. However, if the company receives successive F grades, we will then recommend against the members of the compensation committee in addition to recommending voting against the Say-on-Pay proposal.

¹⁷		In cases where the company received two D grades in consecutive years, but during the past year the company performed better than its peers or improved from a D to an F grade year over year, we refrain from recommending to vote against the compensation chair. In addition, if a company provides shareholders with a Say-on-Pay proposal in this instance, we will consider voting against the advisory vote rather than the compensation committee chair unless the company exhibits unquestionably egregious practices.

7. The compensation committee chair if the compensation committee did not meet during the year, but should have (e.g., because executive compensation was restructured or a new executive was hired).

8. All members of the compensation committee when the company repriced options within the past two years and we would not have supported the repricing (e.g., officers and directors were allowed to participate).

9. All members of the compensation committee when vesting of in-the-money options is accelerated or when fully vested options are granted.

10. All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were backdated. Glass Lewis will recommend voting against an executive director who played a role in and participated in option backdating.

11. All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were spring-loaded or otherwise timed around the release of material information.

12. All members of the compensation committee when a new employment contract is given to an executive that does not include a clawback provision and the company had a material restatement, especially if the restatement was due to fraud.

13. The chair of the compensation committee where the CD&A provides insufficient or unclear information about performance metrics and goals, where the CD&A indicates that pay is not tied to performance, or where the compensation committee or management has excessive discretion to alter performance terms or increase amounts of awards in contravention of previously defined targets.

14. All members of the compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to implement a shareholder proposal regarding a compensation-related issue, where the proposal received the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting shares at a shareholder meeting, and when a reasonable analysis suggests that the compensation committee (rather than the governance committee) should have taken steps to implement the request.¹⁸

Nominating and Governance Committee Performance

The nominating and governance committee, as an agency for the shareholders, is responsible for the governance by the board of the company and its executives. In performing this role, the board is responsible and accountable for selection of objective and competent board members. It is also responsible for providing leadership on governance policies adopted by the company, such as decisions to implement shareholder proposals that have received a majority vote.

Regarding the nominating and or governance committee, we will recommend voting against the following:¹⁹

1. All members of the governance committee²⁰ during whose tenure the board failed to implement a shareholder proposal with a direct and substantial impact on shareholders and


¹⁸		In all other instances (i.e. a non-compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented) we recommend that shareholders vote against the members of the governance committee.

¹⁹		Where we would recommend to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern regarding the committee chair.

²⁰		If the board does not have a governance committee (or a committee that serves such a purpose), we recommend voting against the entire board on this basis.

their rights — i.e., where the proposal received enough shareholder votes (at least a majority) to allow the board to implement or begin to implement that proposal.²¹ Examples of these types of shareholder proposals are majority vote to elect directors and to declassify the board.

2. The governance committee chair,²² when the chairman is not independent and an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.²³ We note that each of the Business Roundtable, The Conference Board, and the Council of Institutional Investors advocates that two-thirds of the board be independent.

3. In the absence of a nominating committee, the governance committee chair when there are less than five or the whole nominating committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.

4. The governance committee chair, when the committee fails to meet at all during the year.

5. The governance committee chair, when for two consecutive years the company provides what we consider to be “inadequate” related party transaction disclosure (i.e. the nature of such transactions and/or the monetary amounts involved are unclear or excessively vague, thereby preventing an average shareholder from being able to reasonably interpret the independence status of multiple directors above and beyond what the company maintains is compliant with SEC or applicable stock-exchange listing requirements).

Regarding the nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the following:²⁴

1. All members of the nominating committee, when the committee nominated or renominated an individual who had a significant conflict of interest or whose past actions demonstrated a lack of integrity or inability to represent shareholder interests.

2. The nominating committee chair, if the nominating committee did not meet during the year, but should have (i.e., because new directors were nominated or appointed since the time of the last annual meeting).

3. In the absence of a governance committee, the nominating committee chair²⁵ when the chairman is not independent, and an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.²⁶


²¹		Where a compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented, and when a reasonable analysis suggests that the members of the compensation committee (rather than the governance committee) bear the responsibility for failing to implement the request, we recommend that shareholders only vote against members of the compensation committee.

²²		If the committee chair is not specified, we recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, we will recommend voting against the longest-serving board member serving on the committee.

²³		We believe that one independent individual should be appointed to serve as the lead or presiding director. When such a position is rotated among directors from meeting to meeting, we will recommend voting against as if there were no lead or presiding director.

²⁴		Where we would recommend is to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern regarding the committee chair.

²⁵		If the committee chair is not specified, we will recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, we will recommend voting against the longest-serving board member on the committee.

²⁶		In the absence of both a governance and a nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the chairman of the board on this basis.

4. The nominating committee chair, when there are less than five or the whole nominating committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.²⁷

5. The nominating committee chair, when a director received a greater than 50% against vote the prior year and not only was the director not removed, but the issues that raised shareholder concern were not corrected.²⁸

Board-level Risk Management Oversight

Glass Lewis evaluates the risk management function of a public company board on a strictly case-by-case basis. Sound risk management, while necessary at all companies, is particularly important at financial firms which inherently maintain significant exposure to financial risk. We believe such financial firms should have a chief risk officer reporting directly to the board and a dedicated risk committee or a committee of the board charged with risk oversight. Moreover, many non-financial firms maintain strategies which involve a high level of exposure to financial risk. Similarly, since many non-financial firm have significant hedging or trading strategies, including financial and non-financial derivatives, those firms should also have a chief risk officer and a risk committee.

When analyzing the risk management practices of public companies, we take note of any significant losses or writedowns on financial assets and/or structured transactions. In cases where a company has disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where we find that the company’s board-level risk committee contributed to the loss through poor oversight, we would recommend that shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In addition, in cases where a company maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails to disclose any explicit form of board-level risk oversight (committee or otherwise)²⁹, we will consider recommending to vote against the chairman of the board on that basis. However, we generally would not recommend voting against a combined chairman/CEO except in egregious cases.

Experience

We find that a director’s past conduct is often indicative of future conduct and performance. We often find directors with a history of overpaying executives or of serving on boards where avoidable disasters have occurred appearing at companies that follow these same patterns. Glass Lewis has a proprietary database of every officer and director serving at 8,000 of the most widely held U.S. companies. We use this database to track the performance of directors across companies.

Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Director Experience

We typically recommend that shareholders vote against directors who have served on boards or as executives of companies with records of poor performance, inadequate risk oversight,


²⁷		In the absence of both a governance and a nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the chairman of the board on this basis.

²⁸		Considering that shareholder discontent clearly relates to the director who received a greater than 50% against vote rather than the nominating chair, we review the validity of the issue(s) that initially raised shareholder concern, follow-up on such matters, and only recommend voting against the nominating chair if a reasonable analysis suggests that it would be most appropriate. In rare cases, we will consider recommending against the nominating chair when a director receives a substantial (i.e., 25% or more) vote against based on the same analysis.

²⁹		A committee responsible for risk management could be a dedicated risk committee, or another board committee, usually the audit committee but occasionally the finance committee, depending on a given company’s board structure and method of disclosure. At some companies, the entire board is charged with risk management.

overcompensation, audit- or accounting-related issues, and/or other indicators of mismanagement or actions against the interests of shareholders.³⁰

Likewise, we examine the backgrounds of those who serve on key board committees to ensure that they have the required skills and diverse backgrounds to make informed judgments about the subject matter for which the committee is responsible.

Other Considerations

In addition to the three key characteristics — independence, performance, experience — that we use to evaluate board members, we consider conflict-of-interest issues in making voting recommendations.

Conflicts of Interest

We believe board members should be wholly free of identifiable and substantial conflicts of interest, regardless of the overall level of independent directors on the board. Accordingly, we recommend that shareholders vote against the following types of affiliated or inside directors:

1. A CFO who is on the board: In our view, the CFO holds a unique position relative to financial reporting and disclosure to shareholders. Because of the critical importance of financial disclosure and reporting, we believe the CFO should report to the board and not be a member of it.

2. A director who is on an excessive number of boards: We will typically recommend voting against a director who serves as an executive officer of any public company while serving on more than two other public company boards and any other director who serves on more than six public company boards typically receives an against recommendation from Glass Lewis. Academic literature suggests that one board takes up approximately 200 hours per year of each member’s time. We believe this limits the number of boards on which directors can effectively serve, especially executives at other companies.³¹ Further, we note a recent study has shown that the average number of outside board seats held by CEOs of S&P 500 companies is 0.7, down from 0.9 in 2004 and 1.6 in 1999.³²

3. A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, providing consulting or other material professional services to the company: These services may include legal, consulting, or financial services. We question the need for the company to have consulting relationships with its directors. We view such relationships as creating conflicts for directors, since they may be forced to weigh their own interests against shareholder interests when making board decisions. In addition, a company’s decisions regarding where to turn for the best professional services may be compromised when doing business with the professional services firm of one of the company’s directors.

4. A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, engaging in airplane, real estate, or similar deals, including perquisite-type grants from the company, amounting


³⁰		We typically apply a three-year look-back to such issues and also research to see whether the responsible directors have been up for election since the time of the failure, and if so, we take into account the percentage of support they received from shareholders.

³¹		Our guidelines are similar to the standards set forth by the NACD in its “Report of the NACD Blue Ribbon Commission on Director Professionalism,” 2001 Edition, pp. 14-15 (also cited approvingly by the Conference Board in its “Corporate Governance Best Practices: A Blueprint for the Post-Enron Era,” 2002, p. 17), which suggested that CEOs should not serve on more than 2 additional boards, persons with full-time work should not serve on more than 4 additional boards, and others should not serve on more than six boards.

³²		Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2009, p. 19

to more than $50,000: Directors who receive these sorts of payments from the company will have to make unnecessarily complicated decisions that may pit their interests against shareholder interests.

5. Interlocking directorships: CEOs or other top executives who serve on each other’s boards create an interlock that poses conflicts that should be avoided to ensure the promotion of shareholder interests above all else.³³

6. All board members who served at a time when a poison pill was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months.

Size of the Board of Directors

While we do not believe there is a universally applicable optimum board size, we do believe boards should have at least five directors to ensure sufficient diversity in decision-making and to enable the formation of key board committees with independent directors. Conversely, we believe that boards with more than 20 members will typically suffer under the weight of “too many cooks in the kitchen” and have difficulty reaching consensus and making timely decisions. Sometimes the presence of too many voices can make it difficult to draw on the wisdom and experience in the room by virtue of the need to limit the discussion so that each voice may be heard.

To that end, we typically recommend voting against the chairman of the nominating committee at a board with fewer than five directors. With boards consisting of more than 20 directors, we typically recommend voting against all members of the nominating committee (or the governance committee, in the absence of a nominating committee).³⁴

Controlled Companies

Controlled companies present an exception to our independence recommendations. The board’s function is to protect shareholder interests; however, when an individual or entity owns more than 50% of the voting shares, the interests of the majority of shareholders are the interests of that entity or individual. Consequently, Glass Lewis does not apply our usual two-thirds independence rule and therefore we will not recommend voting against boards whose composition reflects the makeup of the shareholder population.

Independence Exceptions

The independence exceptions that we make for controlled companies are as follows:

1. We do not require that controlled companies have boards that are at least two-thirds independent. So long as the insiders and/or affiliates are connected with the controlling entity, we accept the presence of non-independent board members.

2. The compensation committee and nominating and governance committees do not need to consist solely of independent directors.


³³		There is no look-back period for this situation. This only applies to public companies and we only footnote it for the non-insider.

³⁴		The Conference Board, at p. 23 in its report “Corporate Governance Best Practices, Id.,” quotes one of its roundtable participants as stating, “[w]hen you’ve got a 20 or 30 person corporate board, it’s one way of assuring that nothing is ever going to happen that the CEO doesn’t want to happen.”

a. We believe that standing nominating and corporate governance committees at controlled companies are unnecessary. Although having a committee charged with the duties of searching for, selecting, and nominating independent directors can be beneficial, the unique composition of a controlled company’s shareholder base makes such committees weak and irrelevant.

b. Likewise, we believe that independent compensation committees at controlled companies are unnecessary. Although independent directors are the best choice for approving and monitoring senior executives’ pay, controlled companies serve a unique shareholder population whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests. As such, we believe that having affiliated directors on a controlled company’s compensation committee is acceptable. However, given that a controlled company has certain obligations to minority shareholders we feel that an insider should not serve on the compensation committee. Therefore, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against any insider (the CEO or otherwise) serving on the compensation committee.

3. Controlled companies do not need an independent chairman or an independent lead or presiding director. Although an independent director in a position of authority on the board — such as chairman or presiding director — can best carry out the board’s duties, controlled companies serve a unique shareholder population whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests.

4. Where an individual or entity owns more than 50% of a company’s voting power but the company is not a “controlled” company as defined by relevant listing standards, we apply a lower independence requirement of a majority of the board but keep all other standards in place. Similarly, where an individual or entity holds between 20-50% of a company’s voting power, but the company is not “controlled” and there is not a “majority” owner, we will allow for proportional representation on the board based on the individual or entity’s percentage of ownership.

Size of the Board of Directors

We have no board size requirements for controlled companies.

Audit Committee Independence

We believe that audit committees should consist solely of independent directors. Regardless of a company’s controlled status, the interests of all shareholders must be protected by ensuring the integrity and accuracy of the company’s financial statements. Allowing affiliated directors to oversee the preparation of financial reports could create an insurmountable conflict of interest.

Mutual Fund Boards

Mutual funds, or investment companies, are structured differently from regular public companies (i.e., operating companies). Typically, members of a fund’s adviser are on the board and management takes on a different role from that of regular public companies. Thus, we focus on a short list of requirements, although many of our guidelines remain the same.

The following mutual fund policies are similar to the policies for regular public companies:

1. Size of the board of directors: The board should be made up of between five and twenty directors.

2. The CFO on the board: Neither the CFO of the fund nor the CFO of the fund’s registered investment adviser should serve on the board.

3. Independence of the audit committee: The audit committee should consist solely of independent directors.

4. Audit committee financial expert: At least one member of the audit committee should be designated as the audit committee financial expert.

The following differences from regular public companies apply at mutual funds:

1. Independence of the board: We believe that three-fourths of an investment company’s board should be made up of independent directors. This is consistent with a proposed SEC rule on investment company boards. The Investment Company Act requires 40% of the board to be independent, but in 2001, the SEC amended the Exemptive Rules to require that a majority of a mutual fund board be independent. In 2005, the SEC proposed increasing the independence threshold to 75%. In 2006, a federal appeals court ordered that this rule amendment be put back out for public comment, putting it back into “proposed rule” status. Since mutual fund boards play a vital role in overseeing the relationship between the fund and its investment manager, there is greater need for independent oversight than there is for an operating company board.

2. When the auditor is not up for ratification: We do not recommend voting against the audit committee if the auditor is not up for ratification because, due to the different legal structure of an investment company compared to an operating company, the auditor for the investment company (i.e., mutual fund) does not conduct the same level of financial review for each investment company as for an operating company.

3. Non-independent chairman: The SEC has proposed that the chairman of the fund board be independent. We agree that the roles of a mutual fund’s chairman and CEO should be separate. Although we believe this would be best at all companies, we recommend voting against the chairman of an investment company’s nominating committee as well as the chairman of the board if the chairman and CEO of a mutual fund are the same person and the fund does not have an independent lead or presiding director. Seven former SEC commissioners support the appointment of an independent chairman and we agree with them that “an independent board chairman would be better able to create conditions favoring the long-term interests of fund shareholders than would a chairman who is an executive of the adviser.” (See the comment letter sent to the SEC in support of the proposed rule at http://sec.gov/rules/proposed/s70304/s70304-179.pdf)

DECLASSIFIED BOARDS

Glass Lewis favors the repeal of staggered boards and the annual election of directors. We believe staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than boards that are elected annually. Furthermore, we feel the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on shareholder interests.

Empirical studies have shown: (i) companies with staggered boards reduce a firm’s value; and (ii) in the context of hostile takeovers, staggered boards operate as a takeover defense, which entrenches management, discourages potential acquirers, and delivers a lower return to target shareholders.

In our view, there is no evidence to demonstrate that staggered boards improve shareholder returns in a takeover context. Research shows that shareholders are worse off when a staggered board blocks a transaction. A study by a group of Harvard Law professors concluded that companies whose staggered boards prevented a takeover “reduced shareholder returns for targets ... on the order of eight to ten

percent in the nine months after a hostile bid was announced.”³⁵ When a staggered board negotiates a friendly transaction, no statistically significant difference in premiums occurs.³⁶

During a March 2004 Glass Lewis Proxy Talk on staggered boards, the proponents of staggered boards could not identify research showing that staggered boards increase shareholder value. The opponents of such a structure marshaled significant support for the proposition that, holding everything else constant, classified boards reduce shareholder value. Lucian Bebchuk, a Harvard Law professor who studies corporate governance issues, concluded that charter-based staggered boards “reduce the market value of a firm by 4% to 6% of its market capitalization” and that “staggered boards bring about and not merely reflect this reduction in market value.”³⁷

Shareholders have increasingly come to agree with this view. In 2008 only 40% of U.S. companies had a classified board structure, down from approximately 60% of companies in 2004. Clearly, more shareholders have supported the repeal of classified boards. Resolutions relating to the repeal of staggered boards garnered on average over 70% support among shareholders in 2008, whereas in 1987, only 16.4% of votes cast favored board declassification.

Given the empirical evidence suggesting staggered boards reduce a company’s value and the increasing shareholder opposition to such a structure, Glass Lewis supports the declassification of boards and the annual election of directors.

MANDATORY DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PROVISIONS

Director Term and Age Limits

Glass Lewis believes that director age and term limits typically are not in shareholders’ best interests. Too often age and term limits are used by boards as a crutch to remove board members who have served for an extended period of time. When used in that fashion, they are indicative of a board that has a difficult time making “tough decisions.”

Academic literature suggests that there is no evidence of a correlation between either length of tenure or age and director performance. On occasion, term limits can be used as a means to remove a director for boards that are unwilling to police their membership and to enforce turnover. Some shareholders support term limits as a way to force change when boards are unwilling to do so.

While we understand age limits can be a way to force change where boards are unwilling to make changes on their own, the long-term impact of age limits restricts experienced and potentially valuable board members from service through an arbitrary means. Further, age limits unfairly imply that older (or, in rare cases, younger) directors cannot contribute to company oversight. A director’s experience can be valuable to shareholders because directors navigate complex and critical issues when serving on a board.

In our view, a director’s experience can be a valuable asset to shareholders because of the complex, critical issues that boards face. However, we support periodic director rotation to ensure a fresh perspective in the boardroom and the generation of new ideas and business strategies. We believe the board should implement such rotation instead of relying on arbitrary limits. When necessary, shareholders can address the issue of director rotation through director elections.


³⁵		Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates, Guhan Subramanian, “The Powerful Antitakeover Force of Staggered Boards: Further Findings and a Reply to Symposium Participants,” December 2002, page 1.

³⁶		Id. at 2 (“Examining a sample of seventy-three negotiated transactions from 2000 to 2002, we find no systematic benefits in terms of higher premia to boards that have [staggered structures].”).

³⁷		Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen, “The Costs of Entrenched Boards” (2004).

We believe that shareholders are better off monitoring the board’s approach to corporate governance and the board’s stewardship of company performance rather than imposing inflexible rules that don’t necessarily correlate with returns or benefits for shareholders.

However, if a board adopts term/age limits, it should follow through and not waive such limits. If the board waives its term/age limits, Glass Lewis will consider recommending shareholders vote against the nominating and/or governance committees, unless the rule was waived with sufficient explanation, such as consummation of a corporate transaction like a merger.

REQUIRING TWO OR MORE NOMINEES PER BOARD SEAT

In an attempt to address lack of access to the ballot, shareholders sometimes propose that the board give shareholders a choice of directors for each open board seat in every election. However, we feel that policies requiring a selection of multiple nominees for each board seat would discourage prospective directors from accepting nominations. A prospective director could not be confident either that he or she is the board’s clear choice or that he or she would be elected. Therefore, Glass Lewis generally will vote against such proposals.

SHAREHOLDER ACCESS

The SEC proposal: Shareholders have continuously sought a way to have a voice in director elections in recent years. Most of these efforts have centered on regulatory change at the SEC over the past several years. In July of 2007, the SEC responded by issuing two proposed rules, one to allow certain shareholders to submit director nominations for inclusion on management’s proxy and the second to disallow shareholder access proposals from being submitted by shareholders. The former rule did not pass but the latter rule was subsequently approved by the SEC in November of 2007, allowing companies to exclude shareholder access proposals from their proxy statements, in effect reverting to the SEC position prior to AFSCME’s challenge, ultimately upheld by the Second Circuit Court of Appeals, of the SEC’s decision to allow AIG to exclude the group’s access proposal.

During this window of opportunity prior to the SEC’s final rulemaking in November, three companies faced access proposals in 2007. The proposals received considerable votes in favor, garnering nearly 40% support at Hewlett Packard, 42% support at UnitedHealth and passing with 51% of the votes at Cryo-Cell International.

More recently, in June 2009 the SEC released proposed Rule 14a-11, which, if adopted would require most companies to include shareholder nominees for directors in company proxy materials under certain circumstances—namely if the shareholder(s) seeking to nominate directors beneficially owned shares in the company for at least one year, as well as met an ownership threshold based on a sliding scale depending on the company’s size. Since the release of proposed Rule 14a-11, the SEC has reviewed over 500 public comment letters regarding the rule and has therefore deferred voting on the proposed rule until early 2010. As a result, it is unlikely shareholders will have the opportunity to vote on access proposals in 2010.

MAJORITY VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

In stark contrast to the failure of shareholder access to gain acceptance, majority voting for the election of directors is fast becoming the de facto standard in corporate board elections. In our view, the majority voting proposals are an effort to make the case for shareholder impact on director elections on a company-specific basis.

While this proposal would not give shareholders the opportunity to nominate directors or lead to elections where shareholders have a choice among director candidates, if implemented, the proposal would allow shareholders to have a voice in determining whether the nominees proposed by the board should actually serve as the overseer-representatives of shareholders in the boardroom. We believe this would be a favorable outcome for shareholders.

During 2009 Glass Lewis tracked 46 proposals to require a majority vote to elect directors at annual meetings in the U.S., up from 24 such proposals in 2008, but down from 54 proposals during 2007 and 147 proposals during 2006. The general decline in the number of proposals being submitted was a result of many companies adopting some form of majority voting, including well over 2/3 of companies in the S&P 500 index. During 2009 these proposals received on average 59% shareholder support (based on for and against votes), up from 54% in 2008.

The plurality vote standard

Today, most US companies still elect directors by a plurality vote standard. Under that standard, if one shareholder holding only one share votes in favor of a nominee (including himself, if the director is a shareholder), that nominee “wins” the election and assumes a seat on the board. The common concern among companies with a plurality voting standard was the possibility that one or more directors would not receive a majority of votes, resulting in “failed elections.” This was of particular concern during the 1980s, an era of frequent takeovers and contests for control of companies.

Advantages of a majority vote standard

If a majority vote standard were implemented, a nominee would have to receive the support of a majority of the shares voted in order to be elected. Thus, shareholders could collectively vote to reject a director they believe will not pursue their best interests. We think that this minimal amount of protection for shareholders is reasonable and will not upset the corporate structure nor reduce the willingness of qualified shareholder-focused directors to serve in the future.

We believe that a majority vote standard will likely lead to more attentive directors. Occasional use of this power will likely prevent the election of directors with a record of ignoring shareholder interests in favor of other interests that conflict with those of investors. Glass Lewis will generally support proposals calling for the election of directors by a majority vote except for use in contested director elections.

In response to the high level of support majority voting has garnered, many companies have voluntarily taken steps to implement majority voting or modified approaches to majority voting. These steps range from a modified approach requiring directors that receive a majority of withheld votes to resign (e.g., Ashland Inc.) to actually requiring a majority vote of outstanding shares to elect directors (e.g., Intel).

We feel that the modified approach does not go far enough because requiring a director to resign is not the same as requiring a majority vote to elect a director and does not allow shareholders a definitive voice in the election process. Further, under the modified approach, the corporate governance committee could reject a resignation and, even if it accepts the resignation, the corporate governance committee decides on the director’s replacement. And since the modified approach is usually adopted as a policy by the board or a board committee, it could be altered by the same board or committee at any time.

II. Transparency and Integrity of Financial Reporting

AUDITOR RATIFICATION

The auditor’s role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the financial information necessary for protecting shareholder value. Shareholders rely on the auditor to ask tough questions and to do a thorough analysis of a company’s books to ensure that the information provided to shareholders is complete, accurate, fair, and that it is a reasonable representation of a company’s financial position. The only way shareholders can make rational investment decisions is if the market is equipped with accurate information about a company’s fiscal health. As stated in the October 6, 2008 Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury:

“The auditor is expected to offer critical and objective judgment on the financial matters under consideration, and actual and perceived absence of conflicts is critical to that expectation. The Committee believes that auditors, investors, public companies, and other market participants must understand the independence requirements and their objectives, and that auditors must adopt a mindset of skepticism when facing situations that may compromise their independence.”

As such, shareholders should demand an objective, competent and diligent auditor who performs at or above professional standards at every company in which the investors hold an interest. Like directors, auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and should avoid situations requiring a choice between the auditor’s interests and the public’s interests. Almost without exception, shareholders should be able to annually review an auditor’s performance and to annually ratify a board’s auditor selection. Moreover, in October 2008, the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession went even further, and recommended that “to further enhance audit committee oversight and auditor accountability ... disclosure in the company proxy statement regarding shareholder ratification [should] include the name(s) of the senior auditing partner(s) staffed on the engagement.”³⁸

Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification

We generally support management’s choice of auditor except when we believe the auditor’s independence or audit integrity has been compromised. Where a board has not allowed shareholders to review and ratify an auditor, we typically recommend voting against the audit committee chairman. When there have been material restatements of annual financial statements or material weakness in internal controls, we usually recommend voting against the entire audit committee.

Reasons why we may not recommend ratification of an auditor include:

1. When audit fees plus audit-related fees total less than the tax fees and/or other non-audit fees.


³⁸		“Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury.” p. VIII:20, October 6, 2008.

2. Recent material restatements of annual financial statements, including those resulting in the reporting of material weaknesses in internal controls and including late filings by the company where the auditor bears some responsibility for the restatement or late filing.³⁹

3. When the auditor performs prohibited services such as tax-shelter work, tax services for the CEO or CFO, or contingent-fee work, such as a fee based on a percentage of economic benefit to the company.

4. When audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the same industry.

5. When the company has aggressive accounting policies.

6. When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in its financial statements.

7. Where the auditor limited its liability through its contract with the company or the audit contract requires the corporation to use alternative dispute resolution procedures.

8. We also look for other relationships or concerns with the auditor that might suggest a conflict between the auditor’s interests and shareholder interests.

We typically support audit-related proposals regarding mandatory auditor rotation when the proposal uses a reasonable period of time (usually not less than 5-7 years).

PENSION ACCOUNTING ISSUES

A pension accounting question often raised in proxy proposals is what effect, if any, projected returns on employee pension assets should have on a company’s net income. This issue often arises in the executive-compensation context in a discussion of the extent to which pension accounting should be reflected in business performance for purposes of calculating payments to executives.

Glass Lewis believes that pension credits should not be included in measuring income that is used to award performance-based compensation. Because many of the assumptions used in accounting for retirement plans are subject to the company’s discretion, management would have an obvious conflict of interest if pay were tied to pension income. In our view, projected income from pensions does not truly reflect a company’s performance.


³⁹		An auditor does not audit interim financial statements. Thus, we generally do not believe that an auditor should be opposed due to a restatement of interim financial statements unless the nature of the misstatement is clear from a reading of the incorrect financial statements.

III. The Link Between Compensation and Performance

Glass Lewis carefully reviews the compensation awarded to senior executives. We believe that this is an important area in which the board’s priorities are revealed. However, as a general rule, Glass Lewis does not believe shareholders should be involved in the design, negotiation, management or approval of compensation packages. Such matters should be left to the compensation committee, which can be held accountable for its decisions through their election.

However, Glass Lewis strongly believes executive compensation should be linked directly with the performance of the business the executive is charged with managing. Glass Lewis has a proprietary pay-for-performance model that evaluates the pay of the top five executives at US companies. Our model benchmarks these executives’ pay against their performance using four peer groups for each company: an industry peer group, a smaller sector peer group, a group of similar size companies and a geographic peer group. Using a forced curve and a school letter-grade system, we rank companies according to their pay-for-performance and recommend voting against compensation committees of companies failing our pay-for-performance analysis.

We use this analysis to inform our voting decisions on each of the compensation issues that arise on the ballot. Likewise, we use this analysis in our evaluation of the compensation committee’s performance.

Full Disclosure of Executive Compensation

Glass Lewis believes that comprehensive, timely and transparent disclosure of executive pay is critical to allowing shareholders to evaluate the extent to which the pay is keeping pace with company performance. When reviewing proxy materials, Glass Lewis examines whether the company discloses the performance metrics used to determine executive compensation. Performance metrics vary and may include items such as revenue growth, targets, or human resources issues.

However, we are concerned when a proposal goes too far in the level of detail that it requests for executives other than the most high-ranking leaders of the company. Shareholders are unlikely to need or be able to use compensation information for employees below the level of the most senior corporate officers.

Moreover, it is rarely in shareholders’ interests to disclose competitive data about individual salaries below the senior executive level. Such disclosure could create internal personnel discord that would be counterproductive for the company and its shareholders. While we favor full disclosure for senior executives and we view pay disclosure at the aggregate level (e.g., the number of employees being paid over a certain amount or in certain categories) as potentially useful, we do not believe shareholders need or will benefit from detailed reports about individual management employees other than the most senior executives.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say-on-Pay”)

The practice of approving a company’s compensation reports is standard practice in many non-US countries, and has been a requirement for companies in the United Kingdom since 2002 and in Australia since 2005. More recently, such proposals have been gaining traction in the United States. Beginning with AFLAC in 2008, over a dozen US companies began to voluntarily provide shareholders with an advisory vote prior to 2009. However, in February of 2009 the U.S. government implemented the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, which required all companies that participated in the

Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the US Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) to provide shareholders with a separate shareholder vote to approve executive compensation. Glass Lewis reviewed over 280 of these Say-on-Pay proposals in 2009. As the US Treasury Department, the SEC and Congress contemplate proposed federal regulation in 2010 that would mandate advisory votes at all US public companies, shareholders should anticipate Say-on-Pay becoming a routine item at annual meetings in the years ahead.

Glass Lewis applies a highly nuanced approach when analyzing advisory votes on executive compensation. Not only can the specific resolutions vary from company to company, but we believe the compensation-related disclosure must be examined in the context of each company’s distinct industry as well as its historic pay-for-performance practices. Although Say-on-Pay proposals are non-binding, a high level of “against” or “abstain” votes demonstrate a lack of shareholder confidence in a company’s compensation policies and procedures. Therefore, after determining the specific aspects of disclosure actually being voted on (i.e., the CD&A, the summary compensation tables, and/or any related material), we focus on the following main factors when reviewing Say-on-Pay proposals:

• The overall design and structure of the Company’s executive compensation program;

• The link between compensation and performance as indicated by the Company’s current and past pay-for-performance grades;

• The quality and content of the Company’s CD&A disclosure and

• Any significant changes or modifications made to the Company’s compensation structure or award amounts, including base salaries.

In cases where our analysis reveals a compensation structure in drastic need of reform, we will recommend that shareholders vote against the Say-on-Pay proposal. Generally such instances include evidence of a pattern of poor pay-for-performance practices (i.e., deficient or failing pay for performance grades), unclear or questionable disclosure regarding the overall compensation structure (i.e., limited information regarding benchmarking processes, limited rationale for bonus performance metrics and targets, etc.), questionable adjustments to certain aspects of the overall compensation structure (i.e., limited rationale for significant changes to performance targets or metrics, the payout of guaranteed bonuses or sizable retention grants, etc.), and/or other egregious compensation practices.

Limits on Executive Compensation

Generally, Glass Lewis believes shareholders should not be directly involved in setting executive pay. Such matters should be left to the compensation committee. We view the election of compensation committee members as the appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their disapproval or support of board policy on executive pay. Further, we believe that companies whose pay-for-performance is in line with their peers should be able to pay their executives in a way that drives growth and profit, without destroying ethical values, giving consideration to their peers’ comparable size and performance.

However, Glass Lewis favors performance-based compensation as an effective way to motivate executives to act in shareholders’ best interests. Performance-based pay may be limited if CEO pay is capped at a low level rather than flexibly tied to company performance.

Limits on Executive Stock Options

Stock options are a common form of executive compensation. Making options a part of compensation may be an effective way to attract and retain experienced executives and other key employees. Tying a portion of an executive’s pay to company performance also provides a good incentive for executives to

maximize share value. Thus, we typically recommend that our clients oppose caps on executive stock options. However, stock option plans should prohibit re-pricing or vesting acceleration of the options.

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

Glass Lewis evaluates option- and other equity-based compensation plans using a detailed model and analyst review. We believe that equity compensation awards are useful, when not abused, for retaining employees and providing an incentive for them to act in a way that will improve company performance.

Equity-based compensation programs have important differences from cash compensation plans and bonus programs. Accordingly, our model and analysis takes into account factors such as plan administration, the method and terms of exercise, repricing history, express or implied rights to reprice, and the presence of evergreen provisions.

Our analysis is quantitative and focused on the plan’s cost as compared with the business’s operating metrics. We run twenty different analyses, comparing the program with absolute limits we believe are key to equity value creation and with a carefully chosen peer group. In general, our model seeks to determine whether the proposed plan is either absolutely excessive or is more than one standard deviation away from the average plan for the peer group on a range of criteria, including dilution to shareholders and the projected annual cost relative to the company’s financial performance. Each of the twenty analyses (and their constituent parts) is weighted and the plan is scored in accordance with that weight.

In our analysis, we compare the program’s expected annual expense with the business’s operating metrics to help determine whether the plan is excessive in light of company performance. We also compare the option plan’s expected annual cost to the enterprise value of the firm rather than to market capitalization because the employees, managers and directors of the firm create enterprise value and not necessarily market capitalization (the biggest difference is seen where cash represents the vast majority of market capitalization). Finally, we do not rely exclusively on relative comparisons with averages because we believe that academic literature proves that some absolute limits are warranted.

We evaluate option plans based on ten overarching principles:

1. Companies should seek more shares only when needed.

2. Plans should be small enough that companies need shareholder approval every three to four years (or more frequently).

3. If a plan is relatively expensive, it should not grant options solely to senior executives and board members.

4. Annual net share count and voting power dilution should be limited.

5. Annual cost of the plan (especially if not shown on the income statement) should be reasonable as a percentage of financial results and should be in line with the peer group.

6. The expected annual cost of the plan should be proportional to the business’s value.

7. The intrinsic value that option grantees received in the past should be reasonable compared with the business’s financial results.

8. Plans should deliver value on a per-employee basis when compared with programs at peer companies.

9. Plans should not permit re-pricing of stock options.

10. Plans should not contain excessively liberal administrative or payment terms.

Option Exchanges

Glass Lewis views option repricing plans and option exchange programs with great skepticism. Shareholders have substantial risk in owning stock and we believe that the employees, officers, and directors who receive stock options should be similarly situated to align their interests with shareholder interests.

We are concerned that option grantees who believe they will be “rescued” from underwater options will be more inclined to take unjustifiable risks. Moreover, a predictable pattern of repricing or exchanges substantially alters a stock option’s value because options that will practically never expire deeply out of the money are worth far more than options that carry a risk of expiration.

In short, repricings and option exchange programs change the bargain between shareholders and employees after the bargain has been struck. Re-pricing is tantamount to re-trading.

There is one circumstance in which a repricing or option exchange program is acceptable: if macroeconomic or industry trends cause a stock’s value to decline dramatically, rather than specific company issues, and repricing is necessary to motivate and retain employees. In this circumstance, we think it fair to conclude that option grantees may be suffering from a risk that was not foreseeable when the original “bargain” was struck. In such a circumstance, we will support a repricing only if the following conditions are true:

(i) officers and board members do not participate in the program;

(ii) the stock decline mirrors the market or industry price decline in terms of timing and approximates the decline in magnitude;

(iii) the exchange is value-neutral or value-creative to shareholders with very conservative assumptions and with a recognition of the adverse selection problems inherent in voluntary programs; and

(iv) management and the board make a cogent case for needing to motivate and retain existing employees, such as being in a competitive employment market.

Performance-Based Options

Shareholders commonly ask boards to adopt policies requiring that a significant portion of future stock option grants to senior executives be based on performance. Performance-based options are options where the exercise price is linked to an industry peer group’s stock-performance index.

Glass Lewis believes in performance-based equity compensation plans for senior executives. We feel that executives should be compensated with equity when their performance and the company’s performance warrants such rewards. While we do not believe that equity-based pay plans for all employees should be based on overall company performance, we do support such limitations for equity grants to senior executives (although some equity-based compensation of senior executives without performance criteria is acceptable, such as in the case of moderate incentive grants made in an initial offer of employment or in emerging industries).

Boards often argue that basing option grants on performance would hinder them in attracting talent. We believe that boards can develop a consistent, reliable approach to attract executives with the ability to guide the company toward its targets. If the board believes in performance-based pay for executives, then these proposals requiring the same should not hamper the board’s ability to create equity-based compensation plans.

We generally recommend that shareholders vote in favor of performance-based option requirements.

Option Backdating, Spring-Loading, and Bullet—Dodging

Glass Lewis views option backdating, and the related practices of spring-loading and bullet-dodging, as egregious actions that warrant holding the appropriate management and board members responsible. These practices are similar to re-pricing options and eliminate much of the downside risk inherent in an option grant that is designed to induce recipients to maximize shareholder return. Backdating an option is the act of changing an option’s grant date from the actual grant date to an earlier date when the market price of the underlying stock was lower, resulting in a lower exercise price for the option. Glass Lewis has identified over 270 companies that have disclosed internal or government investigations into their past stock-option grants.

Spring-loading is granting stock options while in possession of material, positive information that has not been disclosed publicly. Bullet-dodging is delaying the grants of stock options until after the release of material, negative information. This can allow option grants to be made at a lower price either before the release of positive news or following the release of negative news, assuming the stock’s price will move up or down in response to the information. This raises a concern similar to that of insider trading, or the trading on material non-public information.

The exercise price for an option is determined on the day of grant, providing the recipient with the same market risk as an investor who bought shares on that date. However, where options were backdated, the executive or the board (or the compensation committee) changed the grant date retroactively. The new date may be at or near the lowest price for the year or period. This would be like allowing an investor to look back and select the lowest price of the year at which to buy shares.

A 2006 study of option grants made between 1996 and 2005 at 8,000 companies found that option backdating can be an indication of poor internal controls. The study found that option backdating was more likely to occur at companies without a majority independent board and with a long-serving CEO; both factors, the study concluded, were associated with greater CEO influence on the company’s compensation and governance practices.⁴⁰

Where a company granted backdated options to an executive who is also a director, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against that executive/director, regardless of who decided to make the award. In addition, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against those directors who either approved or allowed the backdating. Glass Lewis feels that executives and directors who either benefited from backdated options or authorized the practice have breached their fiduciary responsibility to shareholders.

Given the severe tax and legal liabilities to the company from backdating, Glass Lewis will consider recommending voting against members of the audit committee who served when options were backdated, a restatement occurs, material weaknesses in internal controls exist and disclosures indicate there was a lack of documentation. These committee members failed in their responsibility to ensure the integrity of the company’s financial reports.

When a company has engaged in spring-loading or bullet-dodging, Glass Lewis will consider recommending voting against the compensation committee members where there has been a pattern of granting options at or near historic lows. Glass Lewis will also recommend voting against executives serving on the board who benefited from the spring-loading or bullet-dodging.

162(m) Plans

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code allows companies to deduct compensation in excess of $1 million for the CEO and the next three most highly compensated executive officers, excluding the CFO,


⁴⁰		Lucian Bebchuk, Yaniv Grinstein and Urs Peyer. “LUCKY CEOs.” November, 2006.

upon shareholder approval of the excess compensation. Glass Lewis recognizes the value of executive incentive programs and the tax benefit of shareholder-approved incentive plans.

We believe the best practice for companies is to provide reasonable disclosure to shareholders so that they can make sound judgments about the reasonableness of the proposed compensation plan. To allow for meaningful shareholder review, we prefer that these proposals include: specific performance goals, a maximum award pool, and a maximum award amount per employee. We also believe it is important to analyze the estimated grants to see if they are reasonable and in line with the company’s peers.

We typically recommend against a 162(m) plan where: a company fails to provide at least a list of performance targets; a company fails to provide one of either a total pool or an individual maximum; or the proposed plan is excessive when compared with the plans of the company’s peers.

The company’s record of aligning pay with performance (as evaluated using our proprietary pay-for-performance model) also plays a role in our recommendation. Where a company has a record of reasonable pay relative to business performance, we are not typically inclined to recommend against a plan even if the plan caps seem large relative to peers because we recognize the value in special pay arrangements for continued exceptional performance.

As with all other issues we review, our goal is to provide consistent but contextual advice given the specifics of the company and ongoing performance. Overall, we recognize that it is generally not in shareholders’ best interests to vote against such a plan and forgo the potential tax benefit since shareholder rejection of such plans will not curtail the awards, it will only prevent the tax deduction associated with them.

Director Compensation Plans

Glass Lewis believes that non-employee directors should receive compensation for the time and effort they spend serving on the board and its committees. In particular, we support compensation plans that include option grants or other equity-based awards that help to align the interests of outside directors with those of shareholders. Director fees should be competitive in order to retain and attract qualified individuals. But excessive fees represent a financial cost to the company and threaten to compromise the objectivity and independence of non-employee directors. Therefore, a balance is required.

Glass Lewis uses a proprietary model and analyst review to evaluate the costs of those plans compared to the plans of peer companies with similar market capitalizations. We use the results of this model to assist in making our voting recommendations on director compensation plans.

IV. Governance Structure and the Shareholder Franchise

ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)

Glass Lewis believes that poison pill plans are not generally in shareholders’ best interests. They can reduce management accountability by substantially limiting opportunities for corporate takeovers. Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a buy-out premium for their stock. Typically we recommend that shareholders vote against these plans to protect their financial interests and ensure that they have an opportunity to consider any offer for their shares, especially those at a premium.

We believe boards should be given wide latitude in directing company activities and in charting the company’s course. However, on an issue such as this, where the link between the shareholders’ financial interests and their right to consider and accept buyout offers is substantial, we believe that shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether they support such a plan’s implementation. This issue is different from other matters that are typically left to board discretion. Its potential impact on and relation to shareholders is direct and substantial. It is also an issue in which management interests may be different from those of shareholders; thus, ensuring that shareholders have a voice is the only way to safeguard their interests.

In certain circumstances, we will support a limited poison pill to accomplish a particular objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that contains what we believe to be a reasonable qualifying offer clause. We will consider supporting a poison pill plan if the qualifying offer clause includes the following attributes: (i) The form of offer is not required to be an all-cash transaction; (ii) the offer is not required to remain open for more than 90 business days; (iii) the offeror is permitted to amend the offer, reduce the offer, or otherwise change the terms; (iv) there is no fairness opinion requirement; and (v) there is a low to no premium requirement. Where these requirements are met, we typically feel comfortable that shareholders will have the opportunity to voice their opinion on any legitimate offer.

NOL Poison Pills

Similarly, Glass Lewis may consider supporting a limited poison pill in the unique event that a company seeks shareholder approval of a rights plan for the express purpose of preserving Net Operating Losses (NOLs). While companies with NOLs can generally carry these losses forward to offset future taxable income, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code limits companies’ ability to use NOLs in the event of a “change of ownership.”⁴¹ In this case, a company may adopt or amend a poison pill (“NOL pill”) in order to prevent an inadvertent change of ownership by multiple investors purchasing small chunks of stock at the same time, and thereby preserve the ability to carry the NOLs forward. Often such NOL pills have trigger thresholds much lower than the common 15% or 20% thresholds, with some NOL pill triggers as low as 5%.

Glass Lewis evaluates NOL pills on a strictly case-by-case basis taking into consideration, among other factors, the value of the NOLs to the company, the likelihood of a change of ownership based on the size of the holding and the nature of the larger shareholders, the trigger threshold and whether the term of


⁴¹		Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code refers to a “change of ownership” of more than 50 percentage points by one or more 5% shareholders within a three-year period. The statute is intended to deter the “trafficking” of net operating losses.

the plan is limited in duration (i.e., whether it contains a reasonable “sunset” provision) or is subject to periodic board review and/or shareholder ratification. However, we will recommend that shareholders vote against a proposal to adopt or amend a pill to include NOL protective provisions if the company has adopted a more narrowly tailored means of preventing a change in control to preserve its NOLs. For example, a company may limit share transfers in its charter to prevent a change of ownership from occurring.

Furthermore, we believe that shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote on any adoption or renewal of a NOL pill regardless of any potential tax benefit that it offers a company. As such, we will consider recommending voting against those members of the board who served at the time when an NOL pill was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months and where the NOL pill is not subject to shareholder ratification.

Fair Price Provisions

Fair price provisions, which are rare, require that certain minimum price and procedural requirements be observed by any party that acquires more than a specified percentage of a corporation’s common stock. The provision is intended to protect minority shareholder value when an acquirer seeks to accomplish a merger or other transaction which would eliminate or change the interests of the minority stockholders. The provision is generally applied against the acquirer unless the takeover is approved by a majority of “continuing directors” and holders of a majority, in some cases a supermajority as high as 80%, of the combined voting power of all stock entitled to vote to alter, amend, or repeal the above provisions.

The effect of a fair price provision is to require approval of any merger or business combination with an “interested stockholder” by 51% of the voting stock of the company, excluding the shares held by the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is generally considered to be a holder of 10% or more of the company’s outstanding stock, but the trigger can vary.

Generally, provisions are put in place for the ostensible purpose of preventing a back-end merger where the interested stockholder would be able to pay a lower price for the remaining shares of the company than he or she paid to gain control. The effect of a fair price provision on shareholders, however, is to limit their ability to gain a premium for their shares through a partial tender offer or open market acquisition which typically raise the share price, often significantly. A fair price provision discourages such transactions because of the potential costs of seeking shareholder approval and because of the restrictions on purchase price for completing a merger or other transaction at a later time.

Glass Lewis believes that fair price provisions, while sometimes protecting shareholders from abuse in a takeover situation, more often act as an impediment to takeovers, potentially limiting gains to shareholders from a variety of transactions that could significantly increase share price. In some cases, even the independent directors of the board cannot make exceptions when such exceptions may be in the best interests of shareholders. Given the existence of state law protections for minority shareholders such as Section 203 of the Delaware Corporations Code, we believe it is in the best interests of shareholders to remove fair price provisions.

REINCORPORATION

In general, Glass Lewis believes that the board is in the best position to determine the appropriate jurisdiction of incorporation for the company. When examining a management proposal to reincorporate to a different state or country, we review the relevant financial benefits, generally related to improved corporate tax treatment, as well as changes in corporate governance provisions, especially those relating to shareholder rights, resulting from the change in domicile. Where the financial benefits are de minimis and there is a decrease in shareholder rights, we will recommend voting against the transaction.

However, costly, shareholder-initiated reincorporations are typically not the best route to achieve the furtherance of shareholder rights. We believe shareholders are generally better served by proposing specific shareholder resolutions addressing pertinent issues which may be implemented at a lower cost, and perhaps even with board approval. However, when shareholders propose a shift into a jurisdiction with enhanced shareholder rights, Glass Lewis examines the significant ways would the Company benefit from shifting jurisdictions including the following:

1. Is the board sufficiently independent?

2. Does the Company have anti-takeover protections such as a poison pill or classified board in place?

3. Has the board been previously unresponsive to shareholders (such as failing to implement a shareholder proposal that received majority shareholder support)?

4. Do shareholders have the right to call special meetings of shareholders?

5. Are there other material governance issues at the Company?

6. Has the Company’s performance matched or exceeded its peers in the past one and three years?

7. How has the Company ranked in Glass Lewis’ pay-for-performance analysis during the last three years?

8. Does the company have an independent chairman?

We note, however, that we will only support shareholder proposals to change a company’s place of incorporation in exceptional circumstances.

AUTHORIZED SHARES

Glass Lewis believes that adequate capital stock is important to a company’s operation. When analyzing a request for additional shares, we typically review four common reasons why a company might need additional capital stock:

(i) Stock Split — We typically consider three metrics when evaluating whether we think a stock split is likely or necessary: The historical stock pre-split price, if any; the current price relative to the company’s most common trading price over the past 52 weeks; and some absolute limits on stock price that, in our view, either always make a stock split appropriate if desired by management or would almost never be a reasonable price at which to split a stock.

(ii) Shareholder Defenses — Additional authorized shares could be used to bolster takeover defenses such as a “poison pill.” Proxy filings often discuss the usefulness of additional shares in defending against or discouraging a hostile takeover as a reason for a requested increase. Glass Lewis is typically against such defenses and will oppose actions intended to bolster such defenses.

(iii) Financing for Acquisitions — We look at whether the company has a history of using stock for acquisitions and attempt to determine what levels of stock have typically been required to accomplish such transactions. Likewise, we look to see whether this is discussed as a reason for additional shares in the proxy.

(iv) Financing for Operations — We review the company’s cash position and its ability to secure financing through borrowing or other means. We look at the company’s history of capitalization and whether the company has had to use stock in the recent past as a means of raising capital.

Issuing additional shares can dilute existing holders in limited circumstances. Further, the availability of additional shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can often serve as a deterrent to interested suitors. Accordingly, where we find that the company has not detailed a plan for use of the proposed shares, or where the number of shares far exceeds those needed to accomplish a detailed plan, we typically recommend against the authorization of additional shares.

While we think that having adequate shares to allow management to make quick decisions and effectively operate the business is critical, we prefer that, for significant transactions, management come to shareholders to justify their use of additional shares rather than providing a blank check in the form of a large pool of unallocated shares available for any purpose.

ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR SHAREHOLDER BALLOT PROPOSALS

We typically recommend that shareholders vote against proposals that would require advance notice of shareholder proposals or of director nominees.

These proposals typically attempt to require a certain amount of notice before shareholders are allowed to place proposals on the ballot. Notice requirements typically range between three to six months prior to the annual meeting. Advance notice requirements typically make it impossible for a shareholder who misses the deadline to present a shareholder proposal or a director nominee that might be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders.

We believe shareholders should be able to review and vote on all proposals and director nominees. Shareholders can always vote against proposals that appear with little prior notice. Shareholders, as owners of a business, are capable of identifying issues on which they have sufficient information and ignoring issues on which they have insufficient information. Setting arbitrary notice restrictions limits the opportunity for shareholders to raise issues that may come up after the window closes.

VOTING STRUCTURE

Cumulative Voting

We review cumulative voting proposals on a case-by-case basis, factoring in the independence of the board and the status of the company’s governance structure. But we typically find these proposals on ballots at companies where independence is lacking and where the appropriate checks and balances favoring shareholders are not in place. In those instances we typically recommend in favor of cumulative voting.

Cumulative voting is a process that maximizes minority shareholders’ ability to ensure representation of their views on the board. It can be important when a board is controlled by insiders or affiliates and where the company’s ownership structure includes one or more shareholders who control a majority-voting block of company stock.

Glass Lewis believes that cumulative voting generally acts as a safeguard for shareholders by ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares can elect a candidate of their choosing to the board. This allows the creation of boards that are responsive to the interests of all shareholders rather than just a small group of large holders.

Academic literature indicates that where a highly independent board is in place and the company has a shareholder-friendly governance structure, shareholders may be better off without cumulative voting. The analysis underlying this literature indicates that shareholder returns at firms with good governance

structures are lower and that boards can become factionalized and prone to evaluating the needs of special interests over the general interests of shareholders collectively.

Where a company has adopted a true majority vote standard (i.e., where a director must receive a majority of votes cast to be elected, as opposed to a modified policy indicated by a resignation policy only), Glass Lewis will recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals due to the incompatibility of the two election methods. For companies that have not adopted a true majority voting standard but have adopted some form of majority voting, Glass Lewis will also generally recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals if the company has not adopted antitakeover protections and has been responsive to shareholders.

Where a company has not adopted a majority voting standard and is facing both a shareholder proposal to adopt majority voting and a shareholder proposal to adopt cumulative voting, Glass Lewis will support only the majority voting proposal. When a company has both majority voting and cumulative voting in place, there is a higher likelihood of one or more directors not being elected as a result of not receiving a majority vote. This is because shareholders exercising the right to cumulate their votes could unintentionally cause the failed election of one or more directors for whom shareholders do not cumulate votes.

Supermajority Vote Requirements

Glass Lewis believes that supermajority vote requirements impede shareholder action on ballot items critical to shareholder interests. An example is in the takeover context, where supermajority vote requirements can strongly limit the voice of shareholders in making decisions on such crucial matters as selling the business. This in turn degrades share value and can limit the possibility of buyout premiums to shareholders. Moreover, we believe that a supermajority vote requirement can enable a small group of shareholders to overrule the will of the majority shareholders. We believe that a simple majority is appropriate to approve all matters presented to shareholders.

TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS AT AN ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

We typically recommend that shareholders not give their proxy to management to vote on any other business items that may properly come before the annual meeting. In our opinion, granting unfettered discretion is unwise.

ANTI-GREENMAIL PROPOSALS

Glass Lewis will support proposals to adopt a provision preventing the payment of greenmail, which would serve to prevent companies from buying back company stock at significant premiums from a certain shareholder. Since a large or majority shareholder could attempt to compel a board into purchasing its shares at a large premium, the anti-greenmail provision would generally require that a majority of shareholders other than the majority shareholder approve the buyback.

MUTUAL FUNDS: INVESTMENT POLICIES AND ADVISORY AGREEMENTS

Glass Lewis believes that decisions about a fund’s structure and/or a fund’s relationship with its investment advisor or sub-advisors are generally best left to management and the members of the board, absent a showing of egregious or illegal conduct that might threaten shareholder value. As such, we focus our analyses of such proposals on the following main areas:

•

The terms of any amended advisory or sub-advisory agreement;

	•		Any changes in the fee structure paid to the investment advisor; and

	•		Any material changes to the fund’s investment objective or strategy.

We generally support amendments to a fund’s investment advisory agreement absent a material change that is not in the best interests of shareholders. A significant increase in the fees paid to an investment advisor would be reason for us to consider recommending voting against a proposed amendment to an investment advisory agreement. However, in certain cases, we are more inclined to support an increase in advisory fees if such increases result from being performance-based rather than asset-based. Furthermore, we generally support sub-advisory agreements between a fund’s advisor and sub-advisor, primarily because the fees received by the sub-advisor are paid by the advisor, and not by the fund.

In matters pertaining to a fund’s investment objective or strategy, we believe shareholders are best served when a fund’s objective or strategy closely resembles the investment discipline shareholders understood and selected when they initially bought into the fund. As such, we generally recommend voting against amendments to a fund’s investment objective or strategy when the proposed changes would leave shareholders with stakes in a fund that is noticeably different than when originally contemplated, and which could therefore potentially negatively impact some investors’ diversification strategies.

V. Environmental, Social and Governance Shareholder Initiatives

Glass Lewis evaluates shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis. We generally recommend supporting shareholder proposals calling for the elimination or removal of, as well as to require shareholder approval of, antitakeover devices such as poison pills and classified boards, both discussed in detail above. We generally recommend supporting proposals likely to increase or protect shareholder value and/or promote the furtherance of shareholder rights. In addition, we also generally recommend supporting proposals seeking to promote director accountability and to improve compensation practices especially those promoting a closer link between compensation and performance.

However, we typically prefer to leave decisions regarding day-to-day management and policy decisions, including those related to social, environmental or political issues, to management and the board except when there is a clear link between the proposal and economic or financial value enhancement or risk mitigation for the firm. We feel strongly that shareholders should not attempt to micromanage the company, its businesses or its executives through the shareholder initiative process.

Rather, we believe shareholders should use their influence to push for governance structures that protect shareholders and promote director accountability, including majority voting for director elections, and then put in place a board they can trust to make informed and careful decisions that are in the best interests of the business and its owners. We believe shareholders should hold directors accountable for management and policy decisions through director elections. However, we recognize that support of appropriately crafted shareholder initiatives that provide shareholders with increased information, and that allow the board sufficient flexibility can, in some cases, serve to promote or protect shareholder value. The following is a discussion of Glass Lewis’ approach to certain common shareholder resolution proposals. We note that the following is not an exhaustive list of all shareholder proposals analyzed or expected.

GOVERNANCE

Right of Shareholders to Call a Special Meeting

Glass Lewis strongly supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings. Thus we believe in certain circumstances shareholders should have the ability to call meetings of shareholders between annual meetings to consider matters that require prompt attention. However, in order to prevent abuse and waste of corporate resources by a small minority of shareholders, we believe that shareholders representing at least a sizable minority of shares must support such a meeting prior to its calling. Should the threshold be set too low, companies might frequently be subjected to meetings whose effect could be the disruption of normal business operations in order to focus on the interests of only a small minority of owners. Typically we believe this threshold should not fall below 10-15% of shares, depending on company size.

In our evaluation whether to recommend supporting such proposals, we consider the following:

• Company size

• Shareholder base in both percentage of ownership and type of shareholder (e.g., hedge fund, activist investor, mutual fund, pension fund, etc.)

• Responsiveness of board and management to shareholders evidenced by progressive shareholder rights policies (e.g., majority voting, declassifying boards, etc.) and reaction to shareholder proposals

• Company performance and steps taken to improve bad performance (e.g., new executives/directors, spin offs, etc.)

• Existence of anti-takeover protections or other entrenchment devices

• Opportunities for shareholder action (e.g., ability to act by written consent)

• Existing ability for shareholders to call a special meeting

Right of Shareholders to Act by Written Consent

Glass Lewis strongly supports shareholders’ right to act by written consent. As with the right to call special meetings, we believe such rights should be limited to, again depending on company size, a minimum of 10-15% of the shareholders requesting action by written consent, to prevent abuse and waste of corporate resources. Again, we believe a lower threshold may leave companies subject to meetings that may disrupt business operations to focus on the interests of a minority of owners. But we will support proposals to allow shareholders to act by written consent without a minimum threshold because shareholders are better off with this right than without it, and the benefit to shareholders outweighs the potential for abuse.

Board Composition

Glass Lewis believes the selection and screening process for identifying suitably qualified candidates for a company’s board of directors is one which requires the judgment of many factors, including the balance of skills and talents, as well as the breadth and diversity of experience of candidates and existing board members.

The diversity of skills, abilities and points of view can foster the development of a more creative and effective board. In general, however, we do not believe that it is in the best interests of shareholders for firms to be beholden to arbitrary rules regarding its board composition. We believe such matters should be left to a board’s nominating committee, which is generally responsible for establishing and implementing policies regarding the composition of the board, and which can be held accountable through their election.

Reimbursement of Solicitation Expenses

Glass Lewis feels that in some circumstances, replacing some or all directors on a company’s board is warranted where the incumbent director or directors have failed in their oversight of management by failing to address continuously poor performance. Where a dissident shareholder is seeking reimbursement for his or her expenses and has received the support of a majority of shareholders, Glass Lewis generally will recommend in favor of reimbursing the dissident for expenses incurred in waging the contest.

In those rare cases where a shareholder has put the shareholder’s own time and money into a successful campaign to unseat a poorly performing director, we feel that the dissident should be entitled to reimbursement of expenses by the company. In such a situation, other shareholders express their agreement by virtue of their majority vote for the dissident and will share in the improved company performance.

Since contests are expensive and distracting to the management and the board, to avoid encouraging nuisance or agenda-driven contests, we only support the reimbursement of expenses where the dissident has convinced at least a majority of shareholders to support a certain candidate(s).

COMPENSATION

Severance Agreements

As a general rule, Glass Lewis believes that shareholders should not be involved in the approval of individual severance plans. Such matters should be left to the board’s compensation committee, which can be held accountable for its decisions through the election of its director members.

However, when proposals are crafted to only require approval if the benefit exceeds 2.99 times the amount of the executive’s base salary plus bonus, Glass Lewis typically supports such requests. Above this threshold, based on the executive’s average annual compensation for the most recent five years, the company can no longer deduct severance payments as an expense, and thus shareholders are deprived of a valuable benefit. We believe that shareholders should be consulted before relinquishing such a right, and that implementing such policies would still leave companies with sufficient freedom to enter into the vast majority of severance arrangements.

Additionally, investors should monitor severance agreements when they are initially put in place. If shareholders initially approved of a severance agreement, it is inappropriate to vote against the compensation committee later on when the severance agreement goes into effect. However, in the absence of a shareholder vote on severance agreements, Glass Lewis will evaluate the role of the compensation committee when the agreement was adopted.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say-on-Pay”)

As noted above, Glass Lewis does not believe shareholders should be involved in the design, negotiation, management or approval of compensation packages. Such matters should be left to the compensation committee, which can be held accountable for its decisions through their election.

In the case of advisory votes on compensation, however, proposals are typically crafted to allow shareholders a non-binding vote on the company’s executive officers’ compensation and policies. Glass Lewis believes that the advisory vote therefore provides an effective mechanism for enhancing transparency in setting executive pay, improving accountability to shareholders, and providing for a more effective link between pay and performance. Where shareholders believe compensation packages are inappropriately structured, a high negative vote could compel the board to reexamine its compensation practices and act accordingly. While a vote to approve the report will not directly affect the board’s ability to set compensation policy, it will allow shareholders to register their opinions regarding the company’s compensation practices.

While still somewhat nascent, empirical research regarding the effects of advisory votes in certain non-US markets paints a broadly positive picture of the impact of such votes. In particular, a 2004 study for the British Department of Trade and Industry found that the advisory voting requirement has resulted in “a number of well publicized situations where [compensation] committees have changed their policy or practice as a result of direct shareholder voting.” (“Report on the Impact of the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations.” Deloitte & Touche. 2004). The study also found that the extent to which companies consulted shareholders about compensation practices has greatly increased over the past two years.

Further empirical evidence suggests that CEO compensation in the UK has been more sensitive to negative operating metrics following the introduction of the remuneration report vote than in prior

periods, indicating a decrease in “rewards for failure”. (Fabrizio Ferri and David Maber. “Say on Pay Vote and CEO Compensation: Evidence from the UK.” SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1169446. June 30, 2008.)

We recognize that criticism has been raised with respect to shareholder advisory votes, such as injecting shareholders too far into compensation decisions and limiting the flexibility of companies to uniquely tailor their compensation policies as they strive to conform to external guidelines. (Laraine S. Rothenberg and Todd S. McCafferty. “‘Say on Pay’: Linking Executive Pay to Performance”. New York Law Journal. September 24, 2008). However, we do not believe these arguments are persuasive since shareholders are already, and increasingly, reviewing all aspects of compensation irrespective of an opportunity to cast an advisory vote on compensation. Indeed, a growing number of institutional investors vote against compensation committee members as a means to express concern or dissatisfaction with companies’ compensation practices. As a result, some of these institutions do not feel the adoption of advisory votes is necessary since they will vote against compensation committee members directly.

Glass Lewis does, however, recognize that the use of advisory compensation votes does not necessarily reduce executive compensation. One recent study that found that executive remuneration in the UK has continued to rise at the same rate as prior to the adoption of say on pay, indicating a general failure to curb executive compensation. (Jeffrey Gordon. “‘Say on Pay’: Cautionary Notes on the UK Experience and the Case for Muddling Through.” Columbia Law and Economics Working Paper No. 336. SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1262867. September 3, 2008). We, however, do not believe that the purpose of an advisory vote on compensation is to “rein in” executive pay. Rather it is to ensure that the remuneration paid to executives is firmly tied to the creation and advancement of long-term shareholder value.

Bonus Recoupments (“Clawbacks”)

Glass Lewis carefully reviews the compensation awarded to senior executives and we believe that senior executives of a company should never receive compensation for performance that was not achieved by the company.

We believe shareholders would be well-served by requiring the board to adopt a more detailed and stringent policy on recouping unearned bonuses, rather than relying on regulatory action such as requirements under Sarbanes Oxley. When examining proposals that require companies to recoup executives’ bonuses paid as a result of faulty accounting, Glass Lewis will first look to see if the company has already adopted a policy to recoup bonuses awarded to senior executives during a restatement, and whether that policy is included in the CEO’s contract. When the board has already committed to a proper course, in our opinion, and their current policy covers the major tenets of the proposal at hand while giving the board adequate flexibility to exercise discretion over these matters, we see no need for further action.

In some instances, shareholder proposals call for board action that may contravene the board’s legal obligations under existing employment agreements with executives. In addition, the board’s ability to exercise its judgment and reasonable discretion on this issue may be excessively limited under such proposals, which may not be warranted, depending on the specific situation of the company in question. We believe it is reasonable that a recoupment policy should only affect senior executives and those directly responsible for the company’s accounting errors.

Where a company is giving a new contract to an executive that does not include a clawback provision and the company has had a material restatement, especially if the restatement was due to fraud, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against the responsible members of the compensation committee. Compensation committee members have an obligation to build in reasonable controls to executive contracts to prevent payments in the case of inappropriate behavior.

Linking Executive Pay to Social Criteria

We recognize that companies’ involvement in environmentally sensitive and labor-intensive industries influences the degree to which a firm’s overall strategy must weigh environmental and social concerns. However, we also understand that the value generated by incentivizing executives to prioritize environmental and social issues is difficult to quantify and therefore measure, and necessarily varies among industries and companies.

When reviewing such proposals seeking to tie executive compensation to environmental or social practices, we will review the target firm’s compliance with (or violation of) applicable laws and regulations, and examine any history of environmental and social related concerns including those resulting in material investigations, lawsuits, fines and settlements. We will also review the firm’s current compensation policies and practice. However, with respect to executive compensation, Glass Lewis generally believes that such policies should be left to the compensation committee. We view the election of directors, specifically those who sit on the compensation committee, as the appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their disapproval of board policy on this issue.

ENVIRONMENT

When management and the board have displayed disregard for environmental risks, have engaged in egregious or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately respond to current or imminent environmental risks that threaten shareholder value, we believe shareholders should hold directors accountable when they face reelection. We believe it is prudent for management to assess its potential exposure to all risks, including environmental and regulations pertaining thereto and incorporate this information into its overall business risk profile.

Glass Lewis recognizes the significant financial, legal and reputational risks to companies resulting from poor environmental practices or negligent oversight thereof. We believe part of the board’s role is to ensure that management conducts a complete risk analysis of company operations, including those that have environmental implications. Further, directors should monitor management’s performance in mitigating the environmental risks attendant with relevant operations in order to eliminate or minimize the risks to the company and shareholders.

While Glass Lewis recognizes that most environmental concerns are best addressed via avenues other than proxy proposals, when a substantial environmental risk has been ignored or inadequately addressed, we may recommend voting against responsible members of the governance committee. In some cases, we may recommend voting against all directors who were on the board when the substantial risk arose, was ignored, or was not mitigated.

Climate Change and Green House Gas Emission Disclosure Proposals

Glass Lewis will consider recommending a vote in favor of a reasonable shareholder proposal to disclose a company’s climate change and/or green house gas emission approaches when (i) a company has encountered problems such as lawsuits and/or government investigations or investors have established a link to impact on shareholder value from climate change and/or green house gas emission regulations, and (ii) the company has failed to adequately disclose how it has addressed these problems. We will examine such proposals in light of requests made to the company for additional information, its response and whether there is a reasonable case as to the negative implications to shareholders and the company.

With respect to climate risk, Glass Lewis believes companies should actively consider their exposure to:

Direct environmental risk: Companies should evaluate their financial exposure to a potential rise in sea levels, increased wildfires and extreme weather, reduced air quality, water availability and public health problems brought on by higher temperatures.

Risk due to legislation/regulation: We believe companies, and particularly those operating in carbon-intensive industries, should evaluate their exposure to a potential increase or shift in environmental regulation with respect to their operations.

Legal and reputational risk: As has been seen relating to other environmental, social and governance matters, failure to take action may carry the risk of damaging negative publicity and potentially costly litigation.

As such, Glass Lewis will consider recommending a vote in favor of a reasonable proposal to disclose a company’s climate change and/or greenhouse gas emission strategies when (i) a company has suffered financial impact from reputational damage, lawsuits and/or government investigations, (ii) there is a strong link between climate change and/or its resultant regulation and shareholder value at the firm, and (iii) the company has failed to adequately disclose how it has addressed these risks.

Sustainability

With respect to shareholder proposals requesting that a firm produce a sustainability report, when evaluating these requests we will consider, among other things:

	•		The financial risk to the company from the firm’s environmental practices and/or regulation;

	•		The relevant company’s current level of disclosure;

	•		The level of sustainability information disclosed by the firm’s peers;

	•		The industry in which the firm operates;

	•		The level and type of sustainability concerns/controversies at the relevant firm, if any;

	•		The time frame within which the relevant report is to be produced; and

	•		The level of flexibility granted to the board in the implementation of the proposal.

Sustainable Forestry

Sustainable forestry provides for the long-term sustainable management and use of trees and other non-timber forest products. Retaining the economic viability of forests is one of the tenets of sustainable forestry, along with encouraging more responsible corporate use of forests. Sustainable land use and the effective management of land are viewed by some shareholders as important in light of the impact of climate change. Forestry certification has emerged as a way that corporations can address prudent forest management. There are currently several primary certification schemes such as the Sustainable Forestry Initiative (“SFI”) and the Forest Stewardship Council (“FSC”).

There are nine main principles that comprise the SFI: (i) sustainable forestry; (ii) responsible practices; (iii) reforestation and productive capacity; (iv) forest health and productivity; (v) long-term forest and soil productivity; (vi) protection of water resources; (vii) protection of special sites and biodiversity; (viii) legal compliance; and (ix) continual improvement.

The FSC adheres to ten basic principles: (i) compliance with laws and FSC principles; (ii) tenure and use rights and responsibilities; (iii) indigenous peoples’ rights; (iv) community relations and workers’ rights;

(v) benefits from the forest; (vi) environmental impact; (vii) management plan; (viii) monitoring and assessment; (ix) maintenance of high conservation value forests; and (x) plantations.

Shareholder proposals regarding sustainable forestry have typically requested that the firm comply with the above SFI or FSC principles as well as to assess the feasibility of phasing out the use of uncertified fiber and increasing the use of certified fiber. We will evaluate target firms’ current mix of certified and uncertified paper and the firms’ general approach to sustainable forestry practices, both absolutely and relative to its peers but will only support proposals of this nature when we believe that the proponent has clearly demonstrated that the implementation of this proposal is clearly linked to an increase in shareholder value.

SOCIAL ISSUES

Non-Discrimination Policies

Where there is clear evidence of employment practices resulting in significant negative economic exposure to the company, Glass Lewis will support shareholder proposals that seek to address labor policies, such as shareholder proposals calling for increased disclosure of labor policies and of steps a company has taken to mitigate the risks associated with those policies.

Glass Lewis recognizes that companies with a record of poor labor relations or treatment of its workers can face risks, such as employee lawsuits, poor employee work performance and turnover, and regulatory investigations. Glass Lewis will hold directors accountable for company decisions related to labor and employment problems.

As risk associated with sensitive issues such as EEO policies and investigations of discrimination have the potential to directly affect shareholder value, we believe shareholders should closely monitor the company’s policies regarding these issues. As an increasing number of peer companies adopt inclusive EEO policies, companies without comprehensive policies may face damaging recruitment, reputational and, potentially, legal risks. We recognize that the theoretical increase in, or protection of, shareholder value resulting from inclusive employment policies may be difficult, if not impossible, to identify or measure.

However, we believe that a pattern of making financial settlements as a result of lawsuits based on discrimination could indicate exposure to findings of discriminatory employment practices. As such, shareholders could, in some instances, benefit from codifying nondiscriminatory policies.

MacBride Principles

To promote peace, justice and equality regarding employment in Northern Ireland, Dr. Sean MacBride, founder of Amnesty International and Nobel Peace laureate, proposed the following equal opportunity employment principles:

1. Increasing the representation of individuals from underrepresented religious groups in the workforce including managerial, supervisory, administrative, clerical and technical jobs;

2. Adequate security for the protection of minority employees both at the workplace and while traveling to and from work;

3. The banning of provocative religious or political emblems from the workplace;

4. All job openings should be publicly advertised and special recruitment efforts should be made to attract applicants from underrepresented religious groups;

5. Layoff, recall, and termination procedures should not, in practice, favor particular religious groupings;

6. The abolition of job reservations, apprenticeship restrictions, and differential employment criteria, which discriminate on the basis of religion or ethnic origin;

7. The development of training programs that will prepare substantial numbers of current minority employees for skilled jobs, including the expansion of existing programs and the creation of new programs to train, upgrade, and improve the skills of minority employees;

8. The establishment of procedures to assess, identify and actively recruit minority employees with potential for further advancement; and

9. The appointment of senior management staff member to oversee the company’s affirmative action efforts and setting up of timetables to carry out affirmative action principles.

Proposals requesting the implementation of the above principles are typically proposed at firms that operate, or maintain subsidiaries that operate, in Northern Ireland. In each case, we will examine the company’s current equal employment opportunity policy and the extent to which the company has been subject to protests, fines, or litigation regarding discrimination in the workplace, if any. Further, we will examine any evidence of the firm’s specific record of labor concerns in Northern Ireland.

Human Rights

Glass Lewis believes explicit policies set out by companies’ boards of directors on human rights provides shareholders with the means to evaluate whether the company has taken steps to mitigate risks from its human rights practices. As such, we believe that it is prudent for firms to actively evaluate risks to shareholder value stemming from global activities and human rights practices along entire supply chains. Findings and investigations of human rights abuses can inflict, at a minimum, reputational damage on targeted companies and have the potential to dramatically reduce shareholder value. This is particularly true for companies operating in emerging market countries in extractive industries and in politically unstable regions.

As such, while we typically rely on the expertise of the board on these important policy issues, we recognize that, in some instances, shareholders could benefit from increased reporting or further codification of human rights policies.

Military and US Government Business Policies

Glass Lewis believes that disclosure to shareholders of information on key company endeavors is important. However, we generally do not support resolutions that call for shareholder approval of policy statements for or against government programs, most of which are subject to thorough review by the federal government and elected officials at the national level. We also do not support proposals favoring disclosure of information where such disclosure is already mandated by law, unless circumstances exist that warrant the extra disclosure.

Foreign Government Business Policies

Where a corporation operates in a foreign country, Glass Lewis believes that the company and board should maintain sufficient controls to prevent illegal or egregious conduct with the potential to decrease shareholder value, examples of which include bribery, money laundering, severe environmental violations or proven human rights violations. We believe that shareholders should hold board members, and in particular members of the audit committee and CEO, accountable for these issues when they face reelection, as these concerns may subject the company to financial risk such as fines for violating

the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In some instances, we will support appropriately crafted shareholder proposals specifically addressing concerns with the target firm’s actions outside its home jurisdiction.

Health Care Reform Principles

Health care reform in the United States has long been a contentious political issue and Glass Lewis therefore believes firms must evaluate and mitigate the level of risk to which they may be exposed regarding potential changes in health care legislation. In 2009, Glass Lewis reviewed multiple shareholder proposals requesting that boards adopt principles for comprehensive health reform, such as the following based upon principles reported by the Institute of Medicine:

• Health care coverage should be universal;

• Health care coverage should be continuous;

• Health care coverage should be affordable to individuals and families;

• The health insurance strategy should be affordable and sustainable for society; and

• Health insurance should enhance health and well-being by promoting access to high-quality care that is effective, efficient, safe, timely, patient-centered and equitable.

Given the current national debate regarding health care, we typically believe that individual board rooms are not the appropriate forum in which to address evolving and contentious national policy issues. The adoption of a narrow set of principles could limit the board’s ability to comply with new regulation or to appropriately and flexibly respond to health care issues as they arise. As such, barring a compelling reason to the contrary, we typically do not support the implementation of national health care reform principles at the company level.

Tobacco

Glass Lewis recognizes the contentious nature of the production, procurement, marketing and selling of tobacco. However, we typically do not support proposals requesting that firms shift away from, or significantly alter, the legal production or marketing of core products. We also recognize that tobacco companies are particularly susceptible to reputational and regulatory risk due to the nature of its operations. As such, we will consider supporting uniquely tailored and appropriately crafted shareholder proposals requesting increased information or the implementation of suitably broad policies at target firms on a case-by-case basis.

Reporting Contributions and Political Spending

Glass Lewis believes that disclosure of how a company uses its funds is an important component of corporate accountability to shareholders. In our view, a rigorous oversight process can minimize a company’s exposure to legal, reputational and financial risk by ensuring that corporate assets are used to enhance shareholder value in accordance with federal and state law, consistent with a company’s stated values, and the long-term interests of the company.

While corporate contributions to national political parties and committees controlled by federal officeholders are prohibited under federal law, corporations can legally donate to state and local candidates, organizations registered under 26 USC Sec. 527 of the Internal Revenue Code and state-level political committees. There is, however, no standardized manner in which companies must disclose this information. As such, shareholders often must search through numerous campaign finance reports and detailed tax documents to ascertain even limited information. Corporations also frequently join trade associations, generally paying dues to do so, as a means for corporate political action. However,

trade associations are neither required to report funds they receive for nor spend on political activity. Therefore, the tracking of corporate expenditures to political causes through trade associations can be impossible, often leaving corporations unable to determine for themselves which causes or campaigns their dues or donations have gone to support. Since not all donations to trade organizations are used strictly for political purposes, we question how corporations are able to assess the efficacy of such donations or determine the effect of such expenditure on long-term shareholder value.

Further, the empirical evidence regarding the benefit to shareholders of corporate political contributions remains unclear. In one study of firm-level contributions to U.S. political campaigns from 1979 to 2004, researchers found that measures of support to candidates were positively and significantly correlated with a cross-section of future returns. This was especially the case when those contributions went to a large number of candidates in the same state as the contributing firm (Michael J. Cooper, Huseyin Gulen and Alexei V. Ovtchinnikov. “Corporate Political Contributions and Stock Returns.” SSRN. September 26, 2008). However, in a separate study of political contributions from 1991 to 2004, researchers found donations to be negatively correlated with future excess returns with only limited support for the contention that political donations represent an investment in political capital (Rajash K. Aggarwal, Felix Meschke and Tracy Yue Wang. “Corporate Political Contributions: Investment or Agency?” SSRN. August 11, 2008).

Given that political donations are strategic decisions intended to increase shareholder value and have the potential to negatively affect the company, we believe the board should either implement processes and procedures to ensure the proper use of the funds or closely evaluate the process and procedures used by management. At least one study found that close board oversight of lobbying strategies may minimize instances of the company contributing to causes that are not in shareholders best interests (Robert Repetto. “Best Practice in Internal Oversight of Lobbying Practice”. Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. September 1, 2006).

When evaluating whether the report requested would benefit shareholders, Glass Lewis seeks answers to the following three key questions:

• Is the Company’s disclosure comprehensive and readily accessible?

• How does the Company’s political expenditure policy and disclosure compare to its peers?

• What is the Company’s current level of oversight?

Glass Lewis will consider supporting a proposal seeking increased disclosure of corporate political expenditure and contributions if the firm’s current disclosure is insufficient, is lacking compared to its peers, and where there is inadequate board oversight, evidenced by some evidence or credible allegation that the Company is mismanaging corporate funds through political donations or has a record of doing so. We will, in each case, consider the merits of the proposal in the context of relevant company. If Glass Lewis discovers particularly egregious actions by the company, we will consider recommending voting against the governance committee members or other responsible directors.

Animal Welfare

Glass Lewis believes that it is prudent for management to assess potential exposure to regulatory, legal and reputational risks associated with all business practices including those related to animal welfare; failure to take action on certain issues may carry the risk of fines and damaging negative publicity. A high profile campaign launched against a company could result in shareholder action, a reduced customer base, protests and potentially costly litigation.



Fund summaries

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		1

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund		5

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®		9

Schwab Total Stock Market Fund^®		13

Schwab International Index Fund^®		17

Fund details

Investment objectives, strategies, risks		21

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund		21

Schwab 1000 Index^® Fund		22

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund^®		24

Schwab Total Stock Market Fund^®		26

Schwab International Index Fund^®		28

Portfolio holdings		29

Financial highlights		30

Fund management		35

Investing in the funds		36

Investing through a financial intermediary		36

Investing directly with the funds		36

Share price		39

Additional policies affecting your investment		39

Distributions and taxes		42


			Page
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES, INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS			3
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS			56
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES			64
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES			69
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES			86
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUSTS			93
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS AND PRICING OF SHARES			94
TAXATION			97
APPENDIX A — RATINGS OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
APPENDIX B — DESCRIPTION ON PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES


I. A Board of Directors That Serves the Interests of Shareholders			4
Election of Directors			4
Independence			4
Voting Recommendations — Board Independence			6
Committee Independence			6
Independent Chairman			6
Performance			7
Voting Recommendations — Performance			7
Audit Committees and Performance			8
Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee			8
Compensation Committee Performance			11
Nominating and Governance Committee Performance			13
Board-level Risk Management Oversight			15
Experience			15
Voting Recommendations — Director Experience			15
Other Considerations			16
Conflicts of Interest			16
Size of the Board of Directors			17
Controlled Companies			17
Independence Exceptions			17
Size of the Board of Directors			18
Audit Committee Independence			18
Mutual Fund Boards			18
Declassified Boards			19
Mandatory Director Retirement Provisions			20
Director Term and Age Limits			20
Requiring Two or More Nominees per Board Seat			21
Shareholder Access			21
Majority Vote for the Election of Directors			21
The plurality vote standard			22
Advantages of a majority vote standard			22
II. Transparency and Integrity of Financial Reporting			23
Auditor Ratification			23
Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification			23
Pension Accounting Issues			24
III. The Link Between Compensation and Performance			25
Full Disclosure of Executive Compensation			25
Advisory Vote on Executive (“Say-on-Pay”)			25
Limits on Executive Compensation			26
Limits on Executive Stock Options			26
Equity-Based Compensation Plans			27